 |
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
| Datasheet File OCR Text: |
| Contents Page Page Introduction ............................... ........................ 3 4 9 11 26 35 55 79 82 Package Information Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order ..................... 208 Quality Assurance Mobile Communication ICs .................... .......... 209 215 219 232 ................ GSM/PCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF-Building Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microelectronics Training Center Information on Literature .................. ........ Digital Terminal ICs Analog Line Cards ....................... .............. ......................... Semiconductor Group - Addresses Digital Exchange System ICs Digital Line Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) ICs Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing Family ICs Communication Network ICs Development Systems for Information Technology . . . . . . . . . . . 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 171 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 IOM(R), IOM(R)-1, IOM(R)-2, SICOFI(R), SICOFI(R)-2, SICOFI(R)-4, SICOFI(R)-4C, SLICOFI(R), ARCOFI(R) , ARCOFI(R)-BA, ARCOFI(R)-SP, EPIC(R)-1, EPIC(R)-S, ELIC(R), IPAT(R)-2, ITAC(R), ISAC(R)-S, ISAC(R)-S TE, ISAC(R)-P, ISAC(R)-P TE, IDEC(R), SICAT(R), OCTAT(R)-P, QUAT(R)-S are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. MUSACTM-A, FALCTM54, IWETM, SARETM, UTPTTM, ASMTM, ASPTM, are trademarks of Siemens AG. Purchase of Siemens I2C components conveys a license under the Philips' I2C patent to use the components in the I2C-system provided the system conforms to the I2C specifications defined by Philips. Copyright Philips 1983. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 1 Introduction Siemens is THE allround-supplier of Communication ICs. Siemens offers ICs for Digital Exchange Systems, Digital Terminals, Data Transmission Analog and Networks, Mobile Communications and Analog Telephone Sets. Communication ICs from Siemens - that means innovative and wide ranging problem solving. Siemens Semiconductor Division has integrated system know-how verified by wide field experience and excellent chip technology. A short look to the product segment ISDN, demonstrates: For the development of ISDN equipment from terminals to PBX and public switching systems Siemens offers the broadest range of ISDN chips available on the merchant market. Siemens is the worldwide market leader for ISDN ICs, due to their high level of functionality resulting in greatly simplified system design. In addition, the industry standard IOM-2 interface supports flexible system architecture with compatible devices. Siemens represents technology leadership, offers powerful software and application tools. Siemens is your partner for Communication ICs: * Innovative complete system solutions * Highly optimized devices * Reliable volume production lines and advanced technology innovation * Technical support all over the world * Long term experience and skilled expert teams * Long term customer relationships * Excellent quality * Basic success factors for further innovations - Experienced R+D team - Device macros - Design tools - Technology Due to the fact that Siemens offers a broad range of Communication ICs the overview of the spectrum is presented in this brochure. If you have further questions or if you need application support, please contact your local Siemens office. Addresses you will find in this brochure. Call Siemens - your partner for Communication ICs! Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 3 Quality Assurance 1 Quality Assurance The high quality and reliability of integrated circuits from Siemens are the result of carefully managed design and production which is systematically checked and controlled at each stage. The procedures are subject to a quality assurance system; full details are given in the brochure "Quality Assurance lntegrated Circuits". Figure 1 and 2 show the most important stages of the QA system. Quality assurance (QA) departments, independent of production and development, are responsible for the selected measures, acceptance procedures and information feedback loops. Operating QA departments have state-ofthe-art test and measuring equipment at their disposal, work according to approved methods of statistical quality control, and are provided with facilities for accelerated life and environmental tests used for both qualification and routine monitoring tests. The latest methods and equipment for preparation and analysis are employed to achieve continuity of quality and reliability. Specifications, Product Plan, Quality Requirements Design Rules Check Suitability of Technology Design Phase Estimate Reliability Planning of Qualification Release of Qualification Program Engineering Samples Concept Release Design, Optimization, (Redesign) Specification met, Process frozen, Production Start Preliminary Documentation (Fab Instructions) First Results of Qualification Tests Clearance for delivering limited Quantities Pre-Series Release Production Phase Production Reproducible Lot Release, Reliability Monitoring under QA Surveillance Pre-Series Samples and-Deliveries Final Documentation (Data Sheet, Fab Instruction) Complete Qualification Results Clearance for unlimited Deliveries Series-Samples and-Deliveries ITA05872 Series Release Series Production Figure 1 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 4 Quality Assurance Quality Capability Audits Suppliers Parts, Materials (Physical, Electrical) Incoming Inspection SPC Wafer Fabrication Electrical/Optical Chip Testing Testing Process Parameter Visual Wafer Inspection Process Audits Physical Parameters Dimensions, Geometries visual recognizeable Failures Wafer Lot Clearence SPC Visual Chip Test Die Attach Wire Bond Strength Process Audits Die Seperation Assembly, Wire Bonding, Vis. Examination before Encapsulation Visual Inspection of bonded Chips Assembly Lot Clearance SPC Sealing/Molding Cavity Packages; Hermeticity Test Final Surface of Leads Product Marking SPC Screening (e.g. Burn-IN) (If Specified) Failure Analysis of defective Parts Process Audits Plastic Packages; X-ray Test Vis. Inspection Lead Surface Process Audits Final (Outgoing) Product Test (Electrical/Mechanical) Packing for Shipment 100% Performed Outgoing Inspection Electrical Function, Parameters Mechanical Data Product Lot Clearance Sample Tests Performed by Quality Assurance Department Surveillance of Process Steps and Equipment by SPC ITA05873 Periodical Reliability Monitoring Figure 2 Product ready for Shipment Stock, Shipping Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 5 2 Conformance Each integrated circuit is subjected to a final test at the end of the production process. These tests are carried out by computer-controlled, automatic test systems as hundreds of thousands of operating conditions as well as a large number of static and dynamic parameters have to be considered. Moreover, the test systems are extremely reliable and reproducible. The quality assurance department carries out a final check in the form of a lot-by-lot sampling inspection to additionally ensure the minimum percent defectives to ensure statistically that the PDA of released lots is less than the AQL agreed. Sampling inspection is performed in accordance with the inspection plans of DIN 40080, as well as of the identical MIL-STD-105 or IEC 410. 3.3 Reliability monitoring The general course of IC failure rate versus time is shown by a so-called "bathtub" curve.The failure rate has its peak during the first few operating hours (early failure period). After the early failure period has ended, the "constant" failure rate period starts during which the failures may occur at an approximately uniform rate. This period ends with a repeated rise of the curve during the wear-out failure period. For ICs, however, the latter period usually lies far beyond the service life specified for the individual equipment. Reliability tests for ICs are usually destructive examinations. They are, therefore, carried out with samples. Most failure mechanisms can be accelerated by means of higher temperatures. Due to the temperature dependence of the failure mechanisms, it is possible to simulate future operational behavior within a short time by applying high temperatures; this is called life test. The acceleration factor F for the life test can be obtained from Arrhenius's equation EA 1 1 -F = exp ----- ----- - ----- k T 1 T 2 where T2 is the temperature at which the life test is performed, T1 is the assumed operating temperature and k is Boltzmann's constant. Important for factor F is the activation energy EA. It lies between 0.3 and 1.3 eV and differs considerably for individual failure mechanisms. For all Siemens ICs the reliability data from life tests is converted to an operating temperature of TA = 55 C, assuming an average activation energy of 0.5 eV. The acceleration factor for life tests at 125 C is thus 22, compared with operational behavior. This method considers also failure mechanisms with low activation energy, i.e. which are only slightly accelerated by the temperature effect. Various reliability tests are periodically performed with IC types that are representative of a certain production line this is described in the brochure "Quality Assurance Integrated Circuits". Such tests are e.g. humidity test at 85 C and 85 % relative humidity, pressure cooker test, as well as life tests up to 1000 hours and more. Test results are available in the form of summary reports. 3 Reliabilitiy 3.1 Measures taken during development The reliability of ICs is already considerably influenced at the development stage. Siemens has, therefore, fixed certain design standards for the development of circuits and layout, e.g. specifying minimum width and spacing of conductive layers on a chip, dimensions and electrical parameters of protective circuits for electrostatic charge, etc. An examination with the aid of carefully arranged programs operated on large-scale computers guarantees the immediate identification and elimination of unintentional violations of these design standards. 3.2 In-process control during production The manufacturing of integrated circuits comprises several hundred production steps. As each step is to be executed with utmost accuracy, the in-process control is of outstanding importance. Some processes require more than a hundred different test measurements. The tests have been arranged such that the individual process steps can be reproduced continuously. The decreasing failure rates reflect the never ending effort in this direction; in the course of the years they have been reduced considerably despite an immense increase in IC complexity. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 6 Quality Assurance System Quality Assurance Manual Quality principles, organization, responsibility and competence for quality assurance procedures and measures during design and production of ICs are summarized in the Semiconductor Group Quality Assurance System. This system also covers ISO 9000/EN 29000 requirements. It is documented in a Quality Assurance Manual. This manual is a guideline mandatory for all Semiconductor Group departments. Suppliers are also tied into the QA system. CECC certification for the independent test and trials center of Semiconductor Group, which the Villach Plant also profits from. The Villach Plant was certified to the internationally recognized standard ISO 9002 in 1991. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 7 Mobile Communication ICs GSM One-Chip Logic Device GOLD PMB 2705 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 9 GSM/PCN Introduction GSM and PCN have evolved in the last few years from pan-european into global standards for digital cellular mobile radio systems. The radios are small, easy-to-use and very competitively priced with the older analog systems as the explosive growth in subscribers clearly testifies. Product Overview Type Short Title Description Applications Page Siemens Semiconductor has played a leading role in this Siemens Semiconductor has played a leading role in this growth as the first supplier of commercially available growth as the first supplier of commercially available standard GSM/PCN chip sets. Now after production standard GSM/PCN chip sets. Now,after production optimizations of the GOLD chip set, Siemens is offering an optimizations of the GOLD chip set, Siemens is offering an evolutionary step forward in intergration level to provide a evolutionary step forward in integration level to provide a complate 3-V generation with a 6 chip solution, GOLD plus. complete 3-V generation with a 6 chip solution, GOLD plus. GSM Baseband PMB 2705 PMB 2706 PMB 2707 PMB 2708 PMB 2900 PMB 2905 GSM RF PMB 2200 PMB 2205 Direct Vector Modulator Direct Vector Modulator Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 1 GHz) Cellular (GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), Cordless (PHS), WCPE, WLL, WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation 37 41 GOLD GOLD C GOLD-SP GOLD-SX GBBC GAIM GSM One-Chip Logic Device GSM System Controller GSM Signal Processor GSM Co-Processor for Advanced Features GSM Baseband Codec GSM Analog Interface Module GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 GSM, PCN, PCS-1900 14 16 18 18 19 20 PMB 2240 PMB 2245 GSM Transmitter, 2.7 V PCN Transmitter, 2.7 V Cellular (GSM, PDC); QPSK/QAM modulation 21 0.8 GHz to 1.0 GHz Cellular (PCN, PCS), Cordless (PHS); QPSK/QAM modulation 1.65 GHz to 1.85 GHz 21 PMB 2247 PMB 2306 PMB 2401 PMB 2405 PMB 2407 PCS Transmitter, 2.7 V PLL Receiver/Demodulator Circuit GSM Receiver, 2.7 V PCN/PCS Receiver, 2.7 V Cellular (PCN, PCS), Cordless (PHS); 21 QPSK/QAM modulation 1.8 GHz to 1.95 GHz All analog and digital systems as RF- and IFsynthesizer up to 220 MHz 47 Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), 43 WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 0.9 GHz Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS), WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 2.5 GHz Cellular (PCN, PCS) WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 2.5 GHz 23 23 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 11 Mobile Communication ICs SAW GP-DSP Voiceband D A Speech Decoder GOLD PMB 2705 Channel Decoder Hard" " GBBC PMB 2900 Baseband A D A D PMB 2401 900 MHz / 1.8 GHz 1F LO CGY60 / BEP420 PMB 2306 RF-PLL Equalizer Hard" " Q LO Baseband Voiceband A D 4144-3015 RF Synth. RF VCO + Presc. D Speech Encoder Channel Encoder Q IF Synth. GMSK A D A Out. Stage PMB 2200 / 05 BAR63 + BAR80 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 3 6 9 # 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 3 6 9 Control PA Control D A CGY120 + CGY92 * GSM System Interface RF Control SIM Card SAB 80C166 * E 2 PROM Flash RAM ITB05946 Block Diagram of a GSM Handy Phone (1st Gen.) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 12 Mobile Communication ICs GAIM (PMB 2905) GOLD-SP (PMB 2707) PMB 2405/2407 Voiceband D A Speech & Channel Decoder Soft" " Equalizer SAW 900 MHz / 1.8 GHz 1F LO RF Synth. RF-PLL Baseband A D A D Q LNA PMB 2307 BAR63 + BAR80 Voiceband 4144-3015 Voice Band Filters Baseband Speech & Channel Encoder A D D Q IF Synth. LO RF VCO + Presc. GMSK A D A 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 3 6 9 # Out. Stage PMB 2240 / 45 CGY120 + CGY92 * PA Control 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 3 6 9 GSM Control D A System Interface SAB 80C166 GOLD-C (PMB 2706) E 2 PROM Flash RAM SIM Card RF Control * ITB05945 Block Diagram of a GSM/PCN Fullrate & Halferate Mobile Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 13 GSM One-Chip Logic Device (GOLD) PMB 2705 General Description The GSM One-Chip Logic Device (GOLD) PMB 2705 performs the tasks of bit error protection, ciphering, radio channel equalization, bit error detection and correction, synchronization etc., and above all the microcontroller core controls all the RF- and baseband functions of a GSM-mobile terminal. Features * Four function modules integrated on one chip - 16-bit microcontroller - Channel codec - Equalizer - System interface * One special external-channel-codec mode selectable by software * Four operational modes selectable via pins: - Normal mode - External-controller mode - External-channel-codec mode (different from special mode!) - External-equalizer mode Type PMB 2705-F Package P-TQFP-176-1 (SMD) * Four single modes selectable via pins - Controller test mode - System interface test mode - Channel-codec test mode - Equalizer test mode * Two sizes of address spaces covered by chip-select signals selectable via pin: - 256 Kbyte - 2 Mbyte * Programmable power saving modes * JTAG-boundary scan (acc. to IEEE Std. 11491) * Single supply voltage (+ 5 V) * Low power consumption * Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 14 GSM One Chip Logic Device (GOLD) PMB 2705 FCBDET_SP 4 KB (9:6) 6 KB (5:0) SYNDAT SYNCLK SYNSTR AGC 2 APC PADAT PACLK PASTR RXON 1 OCE TXON CCIN CCIO CCLK CCRST CCVZ CCVZQ CLKANA YCL CYI DYI RXON EOCLK D7 ... D0 A2 ... A0 WIN P Interface AGC 1 ADC 4 ADC & TB FCBDET_EO CSEO CLKEO MONON EOON Equalizer DSP Interface RESET DY1 1 EQCLK EQVAL EQDAT 2 SPDO SPVALD SPCLK EOON P Interface Channel Decoder DSP Interface INTD CSD CLKD EOCLK EOVAL EODAT FOCH INTEQ SPVALU SPDU D7 ... D0 A7 ... A0 System Interface 8 8 RD WR TXMASK TMSK CSDSP CLKDSP MOT CSC CLKC CODON RESET CHC_INT TM_INT CHC_INT TM_INT Channel Encoder IDAC QDAC TSTR DAC (9:0) CODON CSE PROM CSRAM 2 RESET INTC 01657 CSEPROM 1 CSEPROM 2 SELCLK CLK 26 MHz OSCCTRL SIN 13 MHz 11 RD WR P Interface 5 RD Port 2 P2 15 P3 3 P5 EBC 1 EBC 0 WR = P3, T3 Port 3 Port 5 Port 4 16 Port 1 8 Port 0 CLKPR V REF BUSACT ALE XTAL 1 XTAL 2 CLK 4 MHz HW_PWDN Oscillator SW_ PWDN 5 16 16 Embedded SAB 80C166 RSTOUT NMI RESET P4 P1 D RESET RD WR 4 TMS TCK TDI TDO MODE MUXBUS RESET ITB05947 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 15 GOLD System Controller (GOLD-C) PMB 2706 General Description The GOLD System Controller (GOLD-C) is part of a chip set, which covers all functions of a mobile radio provided for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set will meet all performance requirements set down in the GSM recommendations for speech and data services. GOLD-C contains a 16-bit microcontroller type 80C166 with an address space being extended from 256 Kbyte to 2 Mbyte and a system interface block which comprises a series of GSM-specific interfaces and control functions. Type PMB 2706-F Features Package P-TQFP-144-2 (SMD) * Integrated 16-bit microcontroller (SAB 80C166) with 2-Mbyte linear address space Complete development tooling available * System interface with synthesizer, AGC, AFC and PA control, chip card interfacing, timing signal generation, clock generation * Bidirectional tristate buffer GOLD-SP can access to controller memory * Package P-TQFP-144, 20 x 20 mm, 0.50 mm pitch * 3-V supply voltage ( 10 %) RF Components General Purpose Ports Chip Card System Interface 8 Bit Data SAB 80C166 Microcontroller 16 Bit Data 21 Bit Address & 16 Bit Data Bus Address & Data Ports Tristate Buffer GOLD-SP ITB06063 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 16 GOLD Signal Processor (GOLD-SP) PMB 2707 General Description The GOLD Signal Processor (GOLD-SP) is part of a chip set, which covers all functions of a mobile radio provided for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set will meet all performance requirements set down in the GSM recommendations speech and data services. GOLD-SP contains a fullrate speech codec, a channel codec with soft-decision decoding and a complex Viterbi equalizer, all as DSP firmware. Moreover all digital filtering needed for baseband and voiceband processing, and also GMSK modulation is performed on this chip. Type PMB 2707-F Features Package P-TQFP-100-1 (SMD) * Two parallel DSP cores type SPC each with high performance (26 MIPS @ 2.7 V), low current consumption (< 1 mA/MlPS), all memory needed for fullrate operation on chip, shared access to complete controller memory * GSM functions realized as DSP firmware - Complex soft-output equalizer - Frequency correction burst handling - Full duplex handsfree - Channel coding - Soft-decision decoding (bit-by-bit) - Speech coding and decoding (RPE-LTP) * Digital baseband filter Automatic amplitude calculation Automatic amplitude offset measurement * Ciphering with A51/A52 * Digital voiceband filters (receive, transmit) * GMSK modulator * PLL-based system clock generation * Package: P-TQFP-100, 14 x 14 mm, 0.50 mm pitch * 3-V supply voltage ( 10 %) Ciphering Voice Band Voice Band DAC Voice Band Voice Band ADC Speech Encoder Channel Encoder Burst B GMSK BaseBand DAC Speech Decoder Channel Decoder "Soft" Equalizer "Soft" Base Band BaseBand ADC ITB06064 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 17 GSM Co-Processor for Advanced Features (GOLD-SX) PMB 2708 General Description The GOLD-SX is part of a complete chip set which covers all functions of a mobile radio for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set can meet all performance requirements set down in the Technical Specifications for GSM, PCN and PCS-1900. GOLD-SX is used for advanced features. The function of the GOLD-SX is dependent on its firmware. The first version of the GOLD-SX performs Half-Rate speech encoding including Voice Activity Detection (VAD) and Discontinuous Transmission (DTX), as well as Half-Rate speech decoding including Discontinuous Reception (DRX, Comfort Noise). A planned version will perform: Enhanced Full-Rate speech coding including all the DTX functions as in Half-Rate speech coding. Features Firmware: The GOLD-SX is available in versions with different mask programmed ROM code: * Half-Rate Codec - GSM Half-Rate Speech Codec (GSM 6.02, 6.06, 6.07, 6.20) - Voice activity detection, VAD (GSM 6.42) - Discontinuous transmission, DTX (GSM 6.41) Type PMB 2708-F Package P-TQFP-64-1 (SMD) - Comfort noise generation, DRX (GSM 6.22) - Serial data exchange with Half-Rate Channel Codec and voiceband unit on GOLD-SP - Serial data exchange with system simulator interfacing box * Enhanced Full-Rate Codec - GSM Enhanced Full-Rate Codec - Voice activity detection, VAD - Discontinuous transmission, DTX - Comfort noise generation, DRX - Serial data exchange with Enhanced Full-Rate Channel Codec and voiceband unit on GOLD-SP - Serial data exchange with system simulator interfacing box Hardware: * DSP core of type SPCE (Siemens Signal Processor Core Enhanced) offering high performance (39 MIPS @ 39 MHz, 2.7 V) and current consumption (approx. 0.6 mA/MIPS) * 12 K Program ROM and 0.25 K RAM, 8 K Data ROM on-chip * PLL-based clock generation (13-MHz input) * Package: P-TQFP-64, 10 x 10 mm2, 0.50 mm pitch * 3-V supply voltage ( 10 %) XRAM 2K YRAM 2K Prog. ROM 12 K Prog. RAM 0.25 K Data ROM 8K Program Signal Processor Core Data 39 MHz PLL Clock Unit 13 MHz 9.75 MHz 6.5 MHz Block Diagram Test Select SIF 1 SIF 2 Bound. Scan to GOLD-SP to DAI Test Box ITB08488 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 18 GSM Baseband Codec (GBBC) PMB 2900 Preliminary Data Overview The GSM Baseband Codec (GBBC) performs the analog-todigital and the digital-to-analog conversion of the baseband signals and additionally the digital-to-analog conversion of the control signal provided for the RF power amplifier. GBBC is part of a chip set, which covers the functions of a mobile radio provided for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set will meet all performance requirements set down in the GSM recommendations. Type PMB 2900-H General Features Package P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) * JTAG-boundary scan (acc. to IEEE Std. 1149.1) * Single supply voltage (+ 5 V) * Ambient temperature range - 25 C to 85 C CLKANA WIN OCE TMS TCK TDI TDO ADCSTB 474 kHz Mixer + 8 Buffer 4 ADC (3:0) 13 MHz /6 2.166 MHz cos 9 Offset Counter 9 IR IR Prefilter Analog Digital 16 9 Bit Window QR QR Q Prefilter 16 9 Bit Window 9 Offset Counter 9 Q RXON sin Postfilter (6th ord.) IT IT QT QT Pup Logic Postfilter (6th ord.) Pup Logic CLKANA S&H Clock PAOUT VREFEXT Sample & Hold Analog TSTR 10 Bit DAC (SC Technique) Digital 10 Bit DAC (SC Technique) 10 10 Logic 10 IDAC QDAC Latch DAC (9:0) Latch 10 TXON PASTR PACLK 8 Bit DAC (R String) 8 Latch 8 8 Bit Register PADAT V REF BIAS ITB05948 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 19 GSM Analog Interfacing Module (GAIM) PMB 2905 General Description The GSM Analog Interfacing Module (GAIM) is part of a chip set, which covers all functions of a mobile radio provided for the Global System for Mobile communications, GSM. A mobile terminal which contains this chip set will meet all performance requirements set down in the GSM recommendations for speech and data services. GAIM is provided for analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion of baseband and voiceband signals as well. Moreover digital-to-analog conversion of an RF power control signal can be performed by this circuit. Type PMB 2905-F Features Package P-TQFP-64-1 (SMD) * Baseband receive A-to-D converter analog antialiasing filter (2nd order Bessel) 2nd order sigma-delta modulators for baseband receive and battery measurements * Baseband transmit D-to-A converter 10 bit switched-capacitor-type DAC analog postfilter (6 th order Bessel) * Power ramping control D-to-A converter 8-bit resistor-string-type DAC * Voiceband receive D-to-A converter low pass filter following digital --modulator on GOLD-SP two programmable earpiece gain stages * Voiceband transmit A-to-D converter 2nd order sigma-delta modulator analog antialiasing filter two programmable microphone gain stages * Package P-TQFP-64-1, 10 x 10 mm, 0.5 pitch * 3-V supply voltage ( 10 %) Battery RF Demodulator Battery RF Modulator PA Module Micro Phones Loud Speakers Switch Q Switch Q DAC DAC DAC ADC ADC Latches Latch ADC DAC Baseband Filters Block Diagram GMSK Modulators PA Control Voiceband Filters ITB08458 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 20 GSM Transmitter PCN Transmitter PCS Transmitter PMB 2240 B6HF PMB 2245 B6HF PMB 2247 B6HF General Description The PMB 2240, 2245, 2247 family are single-chip transmitters which include a prescaler for the RF-oscillator signal and a fixed PLL for the IF-oscillator signal. The transmitter family is designed for use in combination with the single-chip receiver family PMB 2405, 2407 and the PLL PMB 2307 for mobile telephones according to the GSM, PCN and PCS standards and other vector modulated digital systems. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon process: GSM Chipset PMB 2240 PMB 2405 PMB 2307 PCN Chipset PMB 2245 PMB 2407 PMB 2307 PCS Chipset PMB 2247 PMB 2407 PMB 2307 TX RX PLL Type PMB 2240-F PMB 2245-F PMB 2247-F Application Package P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: PMB 2240: GSM, PDC, DAMPS PMB 2245: PCN, PCS, PHS PMB 2247: PCN, PCS, etc. Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits Features * Transmitter with I/Q modulator * Direct I/Q modulation * Generation of orthogonal carriers with possibility of phase adjust with external resistors * 30-dB carrier rejection, 40-dB SSB rejection * 48-dB rejection of third order products with 500-mVpp I/Q-drive level * High output power with appropriate power matching network at 500-mVpp I/Q-drive level PMB 2240: - 3 dBm, PMB 2245: - 6 dBm PMB 2247: - 8 dBm * Integrated active part of RF oscillator * Possibility to use external RF-oscillator signal * The RF-oscillator signal is buffered for off-chip use, especially for receiver PMB 2405/07 * Prescaler for the RF-oscillator signal * Possibility to use the IF oscillator integrated on the PMB 2405/07 * Possibility to use external IF-oscillator signal * Fixed IF frequency PLL (FIX-PLL) for IF-VCO (PMB 2240, 2245), switchable IF PLL working at 450-MHz or 150-MHz IF frequency (PMB 2247) * Supply voltage range 2.7 to 5.5 V * P-TQFP-48 package * Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C * * * * * The PMB 2240/45/47 transmitters include the active structures for the main oscillator circuit. Alternatively the oscillator signal can be supplied from an external source. The oscillator signal is buffered for off-chip use. There is a prescaler by 64/65 for the RF-oscillator signal on chip, which can be used to implement the PMB 2307 PLL circuit. The on-chip FIX-PLL consists of the system clock divider, the IF-oscillator signal divider, the phase detector and the charge pump. The IF-oscillator signal divider is driven by the oscillator on the PMB 2405/07 or by an external discrete VCO. The IF-oscillator signal divider ratio of PMB 2240 and PMB 2245 is fixed. It can be selected either divided by 1 or by 3 using PMB 2247 and PMB 2407 to drive the FIX-PLL with two IF frequencies (450 MHz or 150 MHz) to avoid spurious problems for PCS application. The two oscillator signals (IF and RF) are combined in the transmit mixer, and the image sideband and other mixing products are to be suppressed by an external interstage filter. The filtered signal reenters the chip at the modulator inputs. The modulator generates two orthogonal carriers which are mixed with the I- and Q modulation signals by two multipliers. The phase between the two carriers can be fine-adjusted to 90 (orthogonality) by two external resistors for maximum SSB suppression. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 21 GSM Transmitter PCN Transmitter PCS Transmitter PMB 2240 B6HF PMB 2245 B6HF PMB 2247 B6HF Baseband D/A 880 ... 915 MHz Q %2 x2 880 ... 915 MHz %2 13 MHz System Clock % 492 Phase Det. % 13 1126 ... 1206 MHz RFV CO % 64 % 65 PMB 2240 CLK DA EN P-TQFP-48 13 MHz System Clock 164 MHz PLL PMB 2307 P-TSSOP-16 Q Q 246 MHz 925 ... 960 MHz 925 ... 960 MHz Baseband A/D %1 IFV CO 492 MHz %2 Data Register 3 Wire Bus P-TQFP-48 PMB 2405 ITB08463 GSM Application PMB 2240 / PMB 2405 / PMB 2307 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 22 GSM Receiver PCN/PCS Receiver PMB 2405 B6HF PMB 2407 B6HF General Description The PMB 2405, 2407 family are single-chip doubleconversion heterodyne receivers with LO-phase shifting circuitry for the I/Q-phase demodulation on chip. It also includes a switchable low noise amplifier, the second local oscillator with a VCO output buffer, a programmable gain controlled IF amplifier, two differential operational amplifiers for base band signal filtering and a power-down circuitry. The receiver family is designed for use in combination with the single chip transmitter family PMB 2240, 2245, 2247 and the PLL PMB 2307 for mobile telephones according to the GSM, PCN and PCS standards and other vector modulated digital systems. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon process. GSM Chipset PMB 2405 PMB 2240 PMB 2307 PCN Chipset PMB 2407 PMB 2245 PMB 2307 PCS Chipset PMB 2407 PMB 2247 PMB 2307 RX TX PLL Type PMB 2405-F PMB 2407-F Applications Package P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) P-TQFP-48-1 (SMD) * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: PMB 2405: GSM, PDC, DAMPS, PMB 2407: PCN, PCS (DCS1900), WLAN etc. * Various demodulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete demodulator circuits Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Heterodyne receiver with demodulator On-chip, low noise amplifier (LNA), Demodulation and generation of I/Q components Low mixer noise 9 dB (SSB) High input intercept point + 2 dB Integrated phase shifter IF amplifier with 80 dB programmable gain control (PGC) in steps of 2 dB On-chip second LO oscillator with external tuning circuit or possibility to use it as amplifier Two differential operational amplifiers for use as base band filter or amplifier Low power consumption due to highly flexible power-down capability Wide input frequency range up to 2.5 GHz Wide IF range from 40 MHz to 300 MHz Supply voltage range 2.7 to 4.5 V P-TQFP-48 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C The input signal is amplified by the internal LNA and filtered by an external filter. The filtered signal and the first local oscillator signal LO1 are mixed down to an intermediate frequency (IF). The amplification of the IF signal is performed by a digitally programmable gain-controlled amplifier. The second local oscillator signal LO2 is generated either by an on-chip oscillator or by an external VCO. The internal LO2 signal is fed to a divider (PMB 2405-by 1; 2407-by 1 or 3) and then to a buffered output and also to a divider, which generates orthogonal signals at half the VCO frequency. The filtered IF signal re-enters the chip at the IF input, where it is amplified and converted to the final output frequency with each of the orthogonal signals. The resulting in-phase and inquadrature signals pass through differential output drivers. Two differential operational amplifiers can be used as active baseband filters. At both outputs the differential offset is sensed via the sample and hold circuitry. A feedback loop corrects the remaining offset error below the tolerable input value of the GAIM PMB 2905 or any other baseband A/D converter. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 23 GSM Receiver PCN/PCS Receiver PMB 2405 B6HF PMB 2407 B6HF Baseband D/A 1850 ... 1910 MHz Q % 10 x2 1850 ... 1910 MHz %2 13 MHz System Clock % 450 % 150 Phase Det. % 13 1700 ... 1765 MHz RFV CO % 64 % 65 PMB 2247 CLK DA EN P-TQFP-48 13 MHz System Clock RX 450 MHz TX 150 MHZ 225 MHz 1930 ... 1990 MHz PLL PMB 2307 P-TSSOP-16 Q Q 1930 ... 1990 MHz Baseband A/D %1 %3 IFV CO 450 MHz %2 Data Register 3 Wire Bus P-TQFP-48 PMB 2407 ITB08464 PCS Application PMB 2247 / PMB 2407 / PMB 2307 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 24 GSM Receiver PCN/PCS Receiver PMB 2405 B6HF PMB 2407 B6HF Baseband D/A 1710 ... 1785 MHz Q %1 x2 1710 ... 1785 MHz %2 13 MHz System Clock % 164 Phase Det. % 13 1546 ... 1634 MHz RFV CO % 64 % 65 PMB 2245 CLK DA EN P-TQFP-48 13 MHz System Clock 164 MHz PLL PMB 2307 P-TSSOP-16 Q Q 246 MHz 1805 ... 1880 MHz 1805 ... 1880 MHz Baseband A/D %3 IFV CO 492 MHz %2 Data Register 3 Wire Bus P-TQFP-48 PMB 2407 ITB08465 PCN Application PMB 2245 / PMB 2407 / PMB 2307 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 25 DECT (Digital European Cordless Telecommunication) Introduction DECT is the coming Digital European Cordless Telecommunication standard which has been defined for a wide range of different applications. It meets the requirements of cordless equipment users of home applications, of the office environment (e.g. cordless PBX) and of public use as wireless local loop. DECT is the result of teamwork between industry, administration and service providers from all over Europe. It will be introduced in all EU countries and has high potential to be accepted as a standard also outside Europe. Product Overview Type Description As the first supplier worldwide, Siemens Semiconductor offers a complete highly integrated DECT system solution which covers baseband processing as well as the RF front end. The Siemens' solution for the DECT mobile station cuts down component count of first generation design from more than 500 parts to less than 200 components and saves cost, board space and power. Besides solutions for DECT home terminals and handheld systems, solutions are provided for cordless key systems, cordless PBX and wireless local loop applications, too. Applications Page DECT Baseband PMB 27201/2 DECT Baseband Controller for Handhelds PMB 27251/2 DECT Baseband Controller for Basestation PMB 2727 PMB 2728 PMB 2920 DECT RF PMB 2220 PMB 2306 PMB 2420 DECT Transmitter, 3 V PLL DECT Receiver, 3 V Cordless (DECT); FSK modulation All analog and digital systems as RF- and IF synthesizer up to 220 MHz Cordless (DECT), FSK modulation 33 47 34 DECT Burst Mode Controller for PBX DECT Burst Mode Controller and ADPCM Codec for Keys Systems DECT Baseband Analog IC 28 29 30 31 32 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 26 DECT (Digital European Cordless Telecommunication) PMB 27201 / 2 PMB 2220 Power Amp f*2 R VCO Presc. T VCO Gau. Filter Burst Encoding C RAM ROM Speech Encoding DSP ADPCM Speech Decoding Keypad Display E2PROM A D PMB 2920 D A Ringer Shunt Diodes PLL PMB 2306 Loop Filter LCD Driver Burst Decoding 4144-3015 SAW Filter LNA PMB 2420 RSSI Demod. Compara. 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 3 6 9 # DECT * RF Baseband ITB08459 DECT System Solution Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 27 DECT Digital Circuit for Handhelds PMB 27201/2 General Description The DECT-Digital Circuit for Handhelds is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set for the digital cordless telephone specified by the DECT standard. The device designed for cordless handhelds is a highly integrated circuit and realizes most of the system functions needed in such an equipment. The circuit contains a digital signal processor, an 8-bit 80C51-compatible microcontroller and the burst mode controller. Furthermore the circuit handles the interfacing of the different components of the DECT chipset and feature LCD controller. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced CMOS technology and will be available in a 128 pin package. Further baseband controllers are PMB 27221 (romless version with 4 K RAM). Type PMB 27201/2 Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * Package P-TQFP-128-1 (SMD) 8-bit C with integrated ROM/RAM Integrated LCD controller 32-kbit/s ADPCM-transcoder Digital filtering and gain stages Burst mode controller Power-down mode programmable Low voltage detection Power supply 3.0 ... 5.1 V Low power consumption Advanced low power CMOS technology Encryption PMB 27201: 64 K ROM, 4 K RAM PMB 27202: 48 K ROM, 2 K RAM Data Port (32 kbit/s) Crystal 10.368 MHz DSP Clocks Input Data RAM Timers / RF-Interf. Serial In CRC Synchronization Descramble TDMA Data 1.152 Mbit/s Scramble Speech Data (PMB 2920) Interpolation Decimation Codec Filter ADPCM Transcoder Control RAM Output Data RAM Serial Out Control RAM CRC Encryption Decryption Power Control Burst-Error-Concealment Tone Generation Burst-Mode-Logic Internal ROM 48 kBytes 8-Bit CPU Internal RAM 2 kBytes Timers Port X Keypad Port Y Keypad LCD-Drivers Interrupts Port 0 Addit. D A I 2 C Bus RSSI Battery Control Microcontroller Unit Watchdog ITB08460 Block Diagram PMB 27202 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 28 DECT Digital Circuit for Basestations PMB 27251/2 General Description The DECT-Digital Circuit for Basestations is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set for the digital cordless telephone specified by the DECT standard. The device designed for single cordless fixed stations is a highly integrated circuit and realizes most of the system functions needed in such an equipment. The circuit contains a digital signal processor, an 8-bit 80C51-compatible microcontroller and the burst mode controller. Furthermore the circuit handles the interfacing of the different components of the DECT chipset. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced CMOS technology and wilI be available in a 128 pin package. Type PMB 27251/2 Features * * * * * * * * * * * * Package P-TQFP-128-1 (SMD) 8-bit C with integrated ROM/RAM 32 bit/s ADPCM-transcoder Digital filtering and gain stages Echocancellation Burst mode controller Internal calls possible Power supply voltage: 5 V 5 % Low power consumption Advanced low power CMOS technology Encryption PMB 27251: 6 K RAM PMB 27252: 64 K ROM, 4 K RAM Data Port (32 kbit/s) Crystal 20.736 MHz DSP Clocks Input Data RAM Timers / RF-Interf. Serial In CRC Synchronization Descramble TDMA Data 1.152 Mbit/s Scramble Speech Data (PMB 2920) Interpolation Decimation Codec Filter ADPCM Transcoder Control RAM Internal Switch Output Data RAM Serial Out Control RAM CRC Burst-Error-Concealment Tone Generation Burst Mode Logic Encryption Decryption Power Control Internal ROM 64 KBytes 8-Bit CPU Internal RAM 4 KBytes Port X Keypad Timers Tonedect. Microcontroller Unit Port 0 Addit. I C Bus Interrupts 2 D A Watchdog RSSI ITB08461 Block Diagram PMB 27252 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 29 DECT Multichannel Burst Mode Controller PMB 2727 General Description The DECT Multichannel Burst Mode Controller is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set designed cordless applications specified by the DECT standard. The device can handle up to twelve DECT channels. It supports most of the Medium Access Control (MAC) layer and Physical layer (PHL) functions specified in the DECT standard. An interface to a standard 8-bit microcontroller (Motorola and Intel compatible) is implemented. Furthermore 3 IOM-2 interfaces are integrated e.g. for direct connection of UP0 transceivers (ISAC-P TE). The on-chip RF interface allows the control of the DECT-RF circuitry with a minimum of discrete components. The circuit can be used in DECT basestations (Radio Fixed Parts RFPs). The device supports unprotected data transmission. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced CMOS technology and will be available in a 100 pin package. Type PMB 2727-H Features * * * * Package P-MQFP-100-2 (SMD) Power-down mode programmable Power supply voltage: 5 V 5 % Low power consumption: 100 mW (5 V) Advanced low power CMOS technology Chipselect Logic Digital LFInterface Timer and Clock Unit BMC-Core-Functions 3x Data and Control Memory RAM Serial IN CRC Serial OUT CRC Descramble RF-Interface Scramble RFPort (R) IOM -2 Interface Synchronization Channel Control Registers Encryption Decryption Headerpreprocessing RSSI ADC Boundary Scan Wafertest Microcontroller Interface Address Decoder Microcontroller Block Diagram RAM / ROM ITB05954 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 30 DECT PBX PMB 2728 General Description The DECT PBX circuit is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set designed for cordless basestations specified by the DECT standard. The circuit consists of two main functional blocks, these are the Burst Mode Controller (BMC) and the Digital Signal Processor (DSP). The BMC can handle up to six DECT channels. It supports the timecritical functions specified in the DECT standard. Either 6 internal connections between handheld or 2 internal and 2 external connections can be handled. An interface to a standard 8-bit microcontroller (Motorola/Mitsubishi and Intel compatible) is implemented. The on-chip RF interface allows the control of the DECT-RF circuitry with a minimum of discrete components. The one-chip DSP can handle PCM/ADPCM - transcording and echosupression due to the DECT - standard for two channels. Type PMB 2728-H Features * * * * Package P-MQFP-100-2 (SMD) Power supply voltage: 5 V 5 % Low power consumption 100 pin P-MQFP packaging Advanced low power CMOS technology Furthermore 1 IOM-2 interface is integrated e.r. for connection of an ISDN interface device (lSAC-S) or of a high feature codec device (ARCOFI, PSB 2163). For analog line interfaces two circuits PMB 2920 can be directly connected to the PMB 2728. Furthermore an additional PCM interface is implemented for connection of an answering machine. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced CMOS technology and will be available in a 100 pin package. 2 x PMB 2920 or ISDN-Interface PCM-Interface 2 x ADPCM-Codec Interp. Decim. Interp. Decim. IOM Interface (R) -2 CodecADPCMFilter Trancoder Echocontrol CodecADPCMFilter Trancoder Echocontrol Addition PCM-Intf. Control RAM 4x Data Memory ADPCM Burst Coding and Interface Decoding (6 ch.) Control RAM Serial IN CRC Descramble Serial OUT CRC Synchronization Burst Switch Control Scramble Timer Clocks RFInterface PLL Control Channel Control Registers DSP BMC Encryption Decryption Microcontroller Interface PMB 2728 ITB05955 Microcontroller Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 31 DECT Analog Circuit PMB 2920 General Description The DECT-Analog Circuit is one of the devices of the Siemens chip set for the digital cordless telephone specified by the DECT standard. The device designed for cordless handhelds and cordless fixed stations is a highly integrated circuit and realizes the analog front end functions needed in such systems. The circuit contains an A/D- and a D/A converter and adjustable gain stages. Connection of microphone and earpiece is possible with a minimum of external components. Furthermore the device generates the reference voltages for the A/D converter the TXDA output voltage stabilization and the LCD-display-driver modules integrated in the DECT-Digital Circuit. The reference voltages can be used together with external components and the PMB 27201, 27202, 27221, 27251, 27252 and 2728 for volume control of the ringer. The device is fabricated using Siemens advanced ACMOS technology and will be available in a 24 pin package. Type PMB 2920-S Features Package P-SSOP-24-1 (Shrink, SMD) * High performance A/D- and D/A conversion * Adjustable analog amplifiers * Analog front end for direct connection of a handset mouth and earpiece * On-chip microphone supply generation * Power savings power-down and MUTE functions * Comparator for preprocessing of the demodulated receive signal * Reference voltage generation for on-chip A/D- and D/A converters and for the DECT-Digital Circuit * Support of volume control of the tone ringer signal RXDI RXREF + Microphone AMI MICS Ref. Volt. Generation AGR Earpiece DAC + RCTI Control Block I 2 C Bus AGX (REF 1 ... 5) Digital Audio Interface ADC RXDA Data Out 3.4 MHz (Clock) 32 kHz (Frame) Data In Ringer Control ITB08462 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 32 DECT Transmitter PMB 2220 General Description The PMB 2220 is a high speed analog bipolar IC and is one of the Siemens chipset for the Digital European Cordless Telephone. Combined with PLL (i.e. PMB 2306) and a power amplifier, the PMB 2220 device performs a complete DECT transmitter. Additionally the phase locked loop can be switched to receive mode and be used as a local oscillator for the receiver mixer of PMB 2420. Type PMB 2220-S Features Package P-SSOP-24-1 (Shrink, SMD) * Either single VCO operation (for receive and transmit) or dual VCO operation (one for receive and one for transmit) possible * 64/65-prescaler on chip * Frequency doubler for receive and transmit mode with balanced driver outputs * Supply voltage regulator (with external pnp-transistor) for the two VCO's * Power-down for the inactive VCO * Current reference output for PLL charge pump to get constant lock-in time * Wide power supple range 3.0 ... 5.5 V F1 20 I REF 19 GND3 18 LOB1 17 LOE1 16 LOE2 15 LOB2 14 V CC3 13 I REG 12 Voltage Regulator V REF 11 VCO 1 (Rx / Tx) VCO 2 (Rx) Processor 1/64/65 Bandgap reference, PD charge pump reference, VCO-power decoder 90 1 MCC 2 GND1 3 4 5 PA 6 PA 7 8 GND2 9 10 ITB05958 V CC1 PSRUN V CC2 TXON TXLOFF Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 33 DECT Receiver PMB 2420 General Description The PMB 2420 is a high speed analog bipolar IC and is one of the Siemens chipset for the Digital European Cordless Telephone specified by the DECT standard. All control inputs and the RSSI signal output match with the PMB 27201/2 and 27221 and 27251/2 and 2728 and 2727 digital circuits. The IC operates as a heterodyne receiver using an intermediate frequency (IF) at 110 MHz. It consists of a mixer to downconvert the DECT-RF signal from 1.89 GHz to 110 MHz, a limiter amplifier, a field strength measurement unit (RSSI) with a peak-hold output, a coincidence demodulator, a sample-and-hold circuit for offset compensation and two operational amplifiers for basehand filtering. Features * Wide supply range 3.0 ... 5.5 V * Single conversion solution; advantages are: low supply current of total RF part no second IF image frequency and therefore insensitive to strong transmitters at FM radiofrequencies low total component count 1st mixer included on chip Type PMB 2420-S Package P-SSOP-28-1 (Shrink, SMD) * Single balanced RF mixer with current-saving open collector output on chip * Limiter and RSSI dynamic range: 75 dB for IF between 40 MHz and 115 MHz * RSSI output independent of supply voltage and temperature with 3 dB accuracy * Peak-hold output for the RSSI signal, reset by the controller via RSSG * Sample-and-hold control circuit for baseband threshold acquisition, loop opened and closed via RXDSG, offset compensation value is stored during standby mode * Timing for RSSI and sample-and-hold determined by the controller * Two operational amplifiers on chip for baseband filtering, included in sample and hold control loop * Standby mode with reduced supply current * Balanced circuitry throughout the RF and IF * Parts to improve signal isolation * Maybe applied as part of a complete DECT-chipset solution DSTP RXDSG RSTP 28 27 26 LO 25 LO 24 RXOFF GND2 23 Standby 22 RFB 21 RFE 20 RSSG 19 V CC 18 Bandgap V BG MO 17 MO 16 RSSI 15 R stp Integrator & Hold Interface Gating Sample & Hold + Ref Gating Limiter Amplifier with RSSI Current Sources Discharge Switch Peak-hold Stage R BBL Buffer Amp. CK + - + - CK 1 QUA Block Diagram 2 QUA 3 OA 4 5 6 IFP 7 IFP 8 9 10 11 BBL 12 GND1 13 IFE 14 IFB ITB05959 OP1I OP1Q OP2I RXREF RXDI Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 34 RF-Building Blocks Introduction The era of the mobile communications has lead to an explosion in the variety of RF applications. Active for many years in this field with high performance IC solutions, Siemens RF ICs have found use in almost all wireless systems and are generally recognized for their high performance, functionality and cost-effectiveness. Building upon the success of the PMB 2200 modulator family, the PMB 2401 receiver and Siemens PLLs (TBB 200/TBB 206/PMB 2306), the new B6HF 25 GHz bipolar technology will allow for a further increase in performance, 3-V lower current consumption as well as for higher frequencies. Starting with the new prescalers PMB 2313/2314, all the standard RF-building blocks will be gradually moved to B6HF. Product Overview Type Description Applications Page Modulator/Transmitter ICs PMB 2200 Direct Vector Modulator Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation up to 1 GHz 37 38 38 PMB 2201 B6HF Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer, 2.7 V Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation 0.8 GHz to 1.5 GHz PMB 2202 B6HF Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer, 2.7 V Cellular (PCN, PCS, PDC), Cordless (PHS, WCPE) WLL, WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation 1.5 GHz to 2.5 GHz PMB 2205 Direct Vector Modulator Cellular (GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), Cordless 41 (PHS, WCPE) WLL, WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation Cellular (GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), Cordless 42 (PHS) WCPE, WLL, WLAN, QPSK/QAM modulation Cordless (DECT), FSK modulation Cellular (GSM, PDC), QPSK/QAM modulation 0.8 GHz to 1.0 GHz Cellular (PCN, PCS), Cordless (PHS), QPSK/QAM modulation 1.65 GHz to 1.85 GHz Cellular (PCN, PCS), Cordless (PHS), QPSK/QAM modulation 1.8 GHz to 1.95 GHz 33 21 21 21 PMB 2207 B6HF Vector Modulator + Upconverter Mixer, 2.7 V PMB 2220 DECT Transmitter, 3 V PMB 2240 B6HF GSM Transmitter, 2.7 V PMB 2245 B6HF PCN Transmitter, 2.7 V PMB 2247 B6HF PCS Transmitter, 2.7 V Demodulator/Receiver ICs PMB 2401 PMB 2402 Receiver/Demodulator Circuit Broadband Receiver/Vector Demodulator Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA), WLAN, QPSK/QAM demodulation up to 0.9 GHz CATV, Satellite (MSAT, VSAT), DS, WLL, WLAN Cellular (GSM, PDC, DAMPS), WLAN, QPSK/QAM demodulation up to 2.5 GHz Cellular (PCN, PCS), WLAN, QPSK/QAM demodulation up to 2.5 GHz Cordless (DECT), FSK demodulation 43 44 23 23 34 PMB 2405 B6HF GSM Receiver, 2.7 V PMB 2407 B6HF PCN/PCS Receiver, 2.7 V PMB 2420 DECT Receiver, 3 V Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 35 RF-Building Blocks Product Overview (cont'd) Type Description Applications Page Frequency Synthesizer, Prescaler ICs PMB 2302 B6HF 1.25 GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler, 2.7 V PMB 2303 B6HF 2.5 GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler, 2.7 V PMB 2306 PMB 2307 PLL Frequency Synthesizer PLL Frequency Synthesizer, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 1.25 GHz All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 2.5 GHz All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 220 MHz All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 220 MHz All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 1.25 GHz All analog and digital systems as RF-, IF synthesizer up to 2.5 GHz All analog and digital systems as part of RF- and IF synthesizer up to 1.1 GHz All analog and digital systems as part of RF- and IF synthesizer up to 2.1 GHz 45 45 47 47 49 49 51 51 PMB 2308 B6HF 1.25 GHz PLL with Prescaler, 2.7 V PMB 2309 B6HF 2.5 GHz PLL with Prescaler, 2.7 V PMB 2313 B6HF 1.1 GHz Prescaler :64/65 :128/129; 2.7 V PMB 2314 B6HF 2.1 GHz Prescaler :64/65 :128/129; 2.7 V LNA/Mixer, Driver/Mixer, Mixer ICs PMB 2330 2.0 GHz Mixer All analog and digital systems as up- and downconversion mixer up to 2.0 GHz All analog and digital systems as up- and downconversion mixer up to 2.0 GHz 52 52 PMB 2331 B6HF 2.0 GHz Mixer, 2.7 V PMB 2332 B6HF 1.1 GHz LNA + Mixer, 2.7 V PMB 2333 B6HF 3 GHz LNA/Driver + Mixer, 2.7 V All analog and digital systems as frontend-LNA and mixer up 53 to 1.1 GHz All analog and digital systems as frontend-LNA or preamplifier-driver and mixer up to 3 GHz 54 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 36 Direct Vector Modulator PMB 2200 General Description The PMB 2200 is a direct quadrature modulator for use in mobile communication equipment. An external LO signal f0 is fed to the modulator input. This signal is first doubled and then bandpass filtered at 2f0. This frequency is the clock for a 2:1 divider. At the output of the divider orthogonal carriers are provided which are mixed with the baseband modulation signals by two multipliers. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. The EN pin allows the modulator to be switched in power-down mode. Applications * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA, WLAN, etc. * Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits Type PMB 2200-T PMB 2200-S Features * * * * * * * * * * * * Package P-DSO-20-1 (SMD) P-SSOP-20-1 (Shrink, SMD) Direct modulation vector modulator Linear modulating inputs Symmetrical circuitry Wide LO-frequency range 0.8 GHz to 1.0 GHz Generation of orthogonal carriers without external elements and without trimming 35 dB carrier rejection, 42 dB SSB rejection 42 dB rejection of third order products 0 dBm linear output power Modulation frequency range 0 to 400 MHz Power-down mode P-DSO-20 or P-SSOP-20 package Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C DC Test Inputs PP LO-Inputs 800 to 1000 MHz 1 pF LO LO 1 pF 1 k PP 0 90 Frequency Doubler 1 k LOI DLO Filter 1.8 GHz DLO LOI Divider 2:1 LOQ LOQ I (t ) I I + + + + GSM-RF-Output Linear Qutput Stage E E Q Q PO GND Q (t ) Enable EN LOI VS GND Block Diagram BIAS V SI LOQ ITB01535 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 37 Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer PMB 2201 B6HF PMB 2202 B6HF General Description The PMB 2201, 2202 family is a direct quadrature modulator and double balanced mixer. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. In a typical application the wanted mixer output product is bandpass filtered and then fed to the modulator LO input. The mixer may also be used to upconvert the modulator output signal to higher frequencies up to 2.5 GHz. The modulator generates two orthogonal carriers which are mixed with the baseband modulation signals by two multipliers. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. The modulator and the mixer have separate power supplies and grounds. They can be powered down independently. Applications * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: PMB 2201: GSM, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA, WLAN, PMB 2202: PCN, PCS, PDC, PHS, WCPE, WLL, WLAN, etc. * Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits Type PMB 2201-R PMB 2202-R Features Package P-TSSOP-24-1 (SMD) P-TSSOP-24-1 (SMD) * Direct modulation vector modulator * Wide LO-frequency range PMB 2201: 0.8 GHz to 1.5 GHz PMB 2201: 1.5 GHz to 2.5 GHz * Generation of orthogonal carriers without external elements and without trimming * 35-dB carrier rejection, 40-dB SSB rejection * 42-dB rejection of third order products * 0-dBm modulator output power * Independent double balanced Gilbert cell mixer * RF- and IF-frequency range from DC to 2.5 GHz * Low noise figure, high conversion gain * Supply voltage range from 2.7 V to 5.5 V * Low power consumption * Power-down mode * P-TSSOP-24 package * Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C MO MO LO LO B B A A Q 0 RF RF x2 %2 90 Bias 1 Bias 2 E E IF IF PD 1 TREF PD 2 ITB08466 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 38 Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer PMB 2201 B6HF PMB 2202 B6HF Q 0 x2 %2 90 178 MHz (130 MHz) 1429 ... 1465 MHz (940 ... 956 MHz) V CO V CO PMB 2201 1607 ... 1643 MHz (810 ... 826 MHz) TXDATA :N2 PD2 PD1 :N1 1607 ... 1643 MHz (940 ... 956 MHz) 130.5 MHz PMB 2303 REF RXDATA RSSI :R2 :R1 455 kHz Demod. PMB 2331 130 MHz 1477 ... 1513 MHz (810 ... 826 MHz) ITB08467 PMB 2333 PDC Application PMB 2201 / PMB 2303 / PMB 2331 / PMB 2333 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 39 Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer PMB 2201 B6HF PMB 2202 B6HF Q 0 259.25 MHz x2 %2 90 V CO V CO PMB 2202 1635.75 ... 1647.75 MHz TXDATA 1895 ... 1907 MHz :N2 PD2 PD1 :N1 PMB 2303 REF RXDATA RSSI :R2 :R1 1646.65 ... 1658.45 MHz 259.15 MHz 10.7 MHz Demod. PMB 2331 PMB 2333 248.45 MHz 1895 ... 1907 MHz ITB08468 PHS Application PMB 2202 / PMB 2303 / PMB 2331 / PMB 2333 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 40 Direct Vector Modulator PMB 2205 General Description The PMB 2205 is a direct quadrature modulator for use in mobile communication equipment. An external LO signal f0 is fed to the modulator input. This signal is first doubled and then bandpass filtered at 2f0. The filter may be realized by an external tank circuit. Alternatively, a local oscillator operating at 2f0 may be connected to the divider input. This signal is the clock for a 2:1 divider. At the output of the divider orthogonal carriers are provided which are mixed with the baseband modulation signals by two multipliers. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. The EN pin allows the modulator to be switched in power-down mode. Applications * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA, WLAN, etc. * Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits Type PMB 2205-T PMB 2205-S Package P-DSO-20-1 (SMD) P-SSOP-20-1 (Shrink SMD) Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * Direct modulation vector modulator Linear modulating inputs Symmetrical circuitry Wide LO-frequency range 120 MHz to 800 MHz LO operation alternatively at transmit frequency or double transmit frequency Generation of orthogonal carriers within a wide frequency range 35 dB carrier rejection, 42 dB SSB rejection 42 dB rejection of third order products 0 dBm linear output power Modulation frequency range 0 to 400 MHz Power-down mode P-DSO-20 or P-SSOP-20 package Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C Tank Circuit or Double Transmit Frequency Inputs LO-Input 120 to 800 MHz LO LO 1 pF PP 0 Enable EN LOI 90 Frequency Doubler PP 1 pF DLO Buffer DLO Divider 2:1 LOI LOI LOQ LOQ I (t ) I I + + + + RF-Output Linear Output Stage E E Q Q PO GND Q (t ) VS GND Block Diagram BIAS V SI LOQ ITB05482 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 41 Direct Vector Modulator + Upconverter Mixer PMB 2207 B6HF General Description The PMB 2207 is a direct quadrature modulator and double balanced mixer. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. In a typical application the modulator output signal is bandpass filtered and then fed to the mixer input for upconversion. An external LO signal is fed to the modulator input. The modulator generates two orthogonal carriers which are mixed with the baseband modulation signals by two multipliers. The outputs of the multipliers are added and amplified by a linear output stage. The modulator and the mixer have separate power supplies and grounds. They can be powered down independently. Applications * Vector modulated cellular and cordless systems: GSM, PCN, PCS, PDC, DAMPS, CDMA, PHS, WCPE, WLL, WLAN, etc. * Various modulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK etc. * Analog systems with FM- and AM modulation * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete transmitter circuits Type PMB 2207-R Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Package P-TSSOP-24-1 (Shrink, SMD) Vector modulator with upconverter mixer Wide LO-frequency range from 80 MHz to 800 MHz Mixer RF-frequency range up to 2.5 GHz Generation of orthogonal carriers without external elements and without trimming 35 dB carrier rejection, 40 dB SSB rejection 42 dB rejection of third order products 0 dBm modulator output power Independent double balanced Gilbert cell mixer IF-frequency range from DC to 2.5 GHz Low noise figure, high conversion gain Supply voltage range from 2.7 V to 5.5 V Power-down mode P-TSSOP-24 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C B B A A Q A E RF RF 0 LO LO x2 %2 90 Bias 1 Bias 2 MO MO PD 1 TREF PD 2 IF IF ITB08469 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 42 Receiver/Demodulator Circuit PMB 2401 Preliminary Data General Description The PMB 2401 is a single-chip double-conversion heterodyne PM receiver with phase shifting circuitry for the l/Q-phase demodulation on chip. It also includes the second local oscillator, a gain controlled 2nd IF amplifier, 2 differential operational amplifiers for audio purposes and power-down circuitry. The PMB 2401 is designed for digital mobile telephones according the GSM standard and other digital systems. Application * Digital mobile cellular systems as GSM, PDC, DAMPS * Various demodulation schemes, such as PM, PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GMSK * Space and power saving optimizations of existing discrete demodulator circuits Type PMB 2401-T PMB 2401-S Features Package P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) P-SSOP-28-1 (Shrink, SMD) * Heterodyne receiver with demodulator * Down mixing from 900-MHz receiver band to the base band * Demodulation and generation of l/Q components * Lower mixer noise to 10 dB (SSB) * High intercept point + 2 dBm * Integrated phase shifter for l/Q demodulator * 82-dB AGC range * On-chip second LO oscillator with external tuning circuit * Two differential operational amplifiers * Low power consumption due to highly flexible power-down capability * Wide input frequency range up to 1 GHz * Wide IF range from 35 MHz to 100 MHz * P-DSO-28 package, P-SSOP-28 (Shrink) * Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C MO MO IFI IFI OUTI OUTI + Diff. Op. Amp. INI INI Output Driver SOI SOI 0 Divider by two Divider by two 90 SOQ SOQ Second Mixer Q + Output Driver Diff. Op. Amp. INQ INQ Divider by two LO 2B LO 2E First Mixer SI SI LO-Buffer Amp. LO 1 LO 1 AGC Second Mixer I Standby RF Standby IF V S GND Block Diagram PD 1 PD 2 GC LO 2O OUTQ OUTQ ITB03903 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 43 Broadband Receiver/Vector Demodulator PMB 2402 General Description The PMB 2402 is a single-chip single-conversion heterodyne receiver with phase shifting circuitry for the l/Q phase local baseband demodulation on chip. It also includes the second oscillator, a gain controlled second IF amplifier, two differential operational amplifiers for baseband fitering purposes and power-down circuitry. The PMB 2402 is designed for digital mobile telephones according to the GSM standard and other digital systems. Applications * Digital wideband systems as CATV, Satellite, DBS, WLAN * Various demodulation schemes, such as PM PSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, GM * Space and power saving optimization of existing discrete demodulator circuit Type PMB 2402-S Features Package P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) * Heterodyne receiver with demodulators * Down mixing from 900 MHz receiver band to the base band * Demodulation and generation of I/Q-baseband components * Low mixer noise 10 dB (SSB) * Input high intercept point + 2 dBm * Integrated 0 and 90 phase shifter * 82 dB AGC range * On-chip second LO oscillator with external tuning circuit * Low power consumption due to highly flexible power-down capability * Wide input frequency range up to 1 GHz * Wide IF range from 35 MHz to 100 MHz * Wide output frequency range up to 13.5 MHz * Temperature range - 25 C to 85 C MO MO IFI IFI OUTI OUTI + Diff. Op. Amp. INI INI Output Driver SOI SOI 0 Divider by two Divider by two 90 SOQ SOQ Second Mixer Q + Output Driver Diff. Op. Amp. INQ INQ Divider by two LO 2B LO 2E First Mixer SI SI LO-Buffer Amp. LO 1 LO 1 AGC Second Mixer I Standby RF Standby IF V S GND Block Diagram PD 1 PD 2 GC LO 2O OUTQ OUTQ ITB03903 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 44 1.25-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler 2.5-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler PMB 2302 B6HF PMB 2303 B6HF General Description The PMB 2302, PMB 2303 are single chip dual Phase Locked Loop (PLL) synthesizers with programmable frequency dividers for use in mobile communication equipment. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. The circuit consists of high speed dual modulus dividers, shift registers, programmable counters (2 A-, 2 N- and 2 R-counters), phase detectors with charge pump and a control logic block. Since one of the high speed dual modulus dividers is able to handle frequencies of up to 1.25 GHz (2.5 GHz), there is no need to add a dedicated external prescaler. The second dual modulus divider handles frequencies up to 500 MHz. The switching signals for the dividing ratios are generated by the corresponding A-counters. The A-counter and the N-down-counter are programmable via the 3-wire bus. They are clocked by the dual modulus divider output signals. The carry outputs of the N-counters are connected to the frequency inputs of the corresponding phase detectors and are controlling the loading of the programmed A-/N-counter start values. The two 11 bit R-counters are also programmable and are serving as reference frequency dividers. Their carry outputs are connected to the corresponding reference frequency inputs of the phase detector and are controlling the loading of the programmed counter start values. The phase detectors are of PFD-type (phase and frequency sensitive). They have a linear output characteristic in the 0 phase error region. The control logic handles phase detectors output polarity, charge pump output currents and software-generated power-on (all circuit parts except the shift registers and data latches). Applications All mobile communication analog and digital systems as RFand IF synthesizers Type PMB 2302-R PMB 2303-R Features * * * * * * * * Package P-TSSOP-20-1 (Shrink, SMD) P-TSSOP-20-1 (Shrink, SMD) * * * * * * * * * Integrated prescaler Low operating current Different power-down modes High input sensitivity, high input frequency Two fast phase detectors without dead zone Linearization of the phase detector output by current sources Large dividing ratios for small channel spacing PLL1 PMB 2302 PMB 2303 max. freq. 1.25 GHz 2.5 GHz prescaler: :32/:33 :64/:65 A1-counter 0 to 31 0 to 63 N1-counter 32 to 2047 64 to 1023 R1-counter 3 to 2047 3 to 2047 PLL2 PMB 2302 PMB 2303 max. freq. 500 MHz 500 MHz prescaler: :16/:17 :16/:17 A2-counter 0 to 15 0 to 15 N2-counter 16 to 1023 16 to 1023 R2-counter 3 to 2047 3 to 2047 Serial control (3-wire bus: data, clock, enable) for fast programming (fmax = 10 MHz) Switchable polarity and phase detector current programmable 1 port output (TTL push-pull) External current setting for phase detector outputs Lock detect output with gated pulse (quasi digital lock detect) Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V P-TSSOP-20 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 45 1.25-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler 2.5-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler PMB 2302 B6HF PMB 2303 B6HF RF1 RF1 Divider /32 / 33 (/64 / 65) CP 5 (6) Bit CY A1-Counter D0 ... D4 LD CP 11 (10) Bit Latch N1- Counter D5 ... D15 LD CY 1 Bit Latch (Idle) CLK DA EN 2 Bit Adress 3 Bit Latch Control & Test CT0, CT1, P0 RI 5 (6) Bit A 1-Counter 11 (10) Bit Latch N 1- Counter (17 + 2) Bit Shift Register 3 Bit Latch Charge Pump 1 11 Bit Latch R1- Counter CP0 ... CP2 LD CP R0 ... R10 11 Bit R1- Counter CY f REF f VCON V CC 1 GND 1 V CCP PON 1 V CC 2 GND 2 GND 1 Phase Detector 1 Control & Test Phase Detector 2 PD1 LD I REF Port PD2 f VCON f REF CP CT0, CT1 CP0 ... CP2 3 Bit Latch Charge Pump 2 LD 11 Bit R 2- Counter R0 ... R10 CY 3 Bit Latch Control & Test 2 Bit Adress 1 Bit Latch (Idle) 11 Bit Latch R2- Counter (17 + 2) Bit Shift Register 4 Bit A2-Counter 10 Bit Latch N2-Counter 2 Bit Latch (Idle) D0 ... D3 RF2 RF2 Divider /16 / 17 CY LD D4 ... D13 CP 10 Bit Latch N2- Counter LD CY 4 Bit A2-Counter CP ITB08470 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 46 PLL Frequency Synthesizer PMB 2306 PMB 2307 General Description The PMB 2306, PMB 2307 PLL are high speed CMOS ICs are especially designed for use in battery-powered radio equipment and mobile telephones. The intended application will be in GSM, PCN, DECT and other digital mobile systems. The wide range of dividing ratios also allows application in analog systems. The circuit consists of a reference-, A- and N-counter, a dual-modulus-control logic, a phase detector with charge pump and a serial control logic. The setting of the operating mode and the selection of the counter ratios is done serially at the ports CLK, DA and EN. The operating modes allow the selection of single or dual operation, asynchronous or synchronous data acquisition, 4 different antibacklash-impulse times, 8 different PD-output current modes, polarity setting of the PD-output signal, adjustment of the trigger-edge of the MOD-output signal, 2 standby modes and the control of the multifunction outputs MFO1 and MFO2. The reference frequency is applied at the Rl input and scaled down by the R-counter. Its maximum value is 50 MHz. The VCO frequency is applied at the Fl input and scaled down by the N- or N/A-counter according to single or dual-mode operation. The maximum value at Fl is 220 MHz at single-, and 65 MHz at dual-mode operation. The phase detector is frequency and phase sensitive. It produces a phase detector signal with adjustable antibacklash impulses in order to prevent a dead zone at very small phase deviations. Phase differences smaller than 100 ps can therefore be resolved. Programming of the IC is done by a serial data control. The contents of the messages are assigned to the functional units according to the destination address. Single or dual-mode operation as well as asynchronous or synchronous data acquisition is set by status 2 and should therefore precede the programming of the counters. The PMB 2306/PMB 2307 offer the possibility of synchronous data acquisition to avoid error signals at the phase detector due to non-corresponding dividing factors in the counters produced by asynchronous loading. Synchronous programming guarantees control during changes of frequency or channel. That means that the state of the phase detector or the phase difference is kept maintained, and in case of "lock in", the control process starts with the phase difference "zero". Synchronous transmission is particularly advantageous when large transfers in channel are to be made in a specific short transient recovery time. For this purpose a larger reference frequency is switched to in order to achieve rapid"rough"-transient response, increasing the bandwidth of the loop at the time. When reaching the "quasi lock-in" state, the reference frequency is switched back to its original values. Type PMB 2306-T PMB 2306-R PMB 2307-R Package P-DSO-14-1 (SMD) P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) Adjustment to the "actual" value then takes place with the usual transient response as for small transfers in channel. The synchronous transmission ensures that no additional phase errors arise due to the change of reference frequencies. The PMB 2306/2307 has two standby modes (standby1, 2) to reduce the current consumption. * Standby1 switches off the whole circuit, the current consumption is reduced to below 1 A. * Standby2 switches off the counters, the charge pump and the outputs, only the preamplifiers stay active. The standby modes do not affect the port output signal. For the influence on the other output signals see standby table. Features * Low operating current consumption * Low operating voltage PMB 2306: 3 V to 5.5 V PMB 2307: 2.7 V to 5.5 V * High input sensitivity, high input frequencies (220 MHz) * Extremely fast phase detector without dead zone * Linearization of the phase detector output by current sources * Synchronous programming of the counters (N-, N/A-, R-counters) and system parameters * Fast modulus switchover for 65-MHz operation * Switchable modulus trigger edge * Large dividing ratios for small channel spacing - A-scaler 0 to 127 - N-scaler 3 to 16380 - R-scaler 3 to 65535 * Serial control (3-wire bus: data, clock, enable) for fast programming (fmax 5 MHz) * Switchable polarity and rate of trimming rise of the phase detector * 2 multifunction outputs * Digital phase detector output signals (e.g. for external charge pump) * frn, fyn outputs of the R- and N-scalers * Port 1 output (e.g. for standby of the prescaler) * External current setting for PD output * Lock detect output with gated antibacklash pulse (quasi digital lock detect) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 47 PLL Frequency Synthesizer PMB 2306 PMB 2307 RI 16 Bit R-Counter Data Register fR PhaseDetector R LockDetector LD and Shadow Register PD MFO1 Shift Register fV Charge Pump I REF V MFO2 Modulus-Control MOD FI 14 Bit N-Counter 7 Bit A-Counter Data Register Shadow Register Data Register Shadow Register Shift Register Shift Register V DD1 V SS1 CLK DA EN V DD Serial Control Logic V SS ITB04206 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 48 1.25-GHz PLL with Prescaler 2.5-GHz PLL with Prescaler PMB 2308 B6HF PMB 2309 B6HF General Description The PMB 2308, PMB 2309 are Phase Locked Loop (PLL) synthesizers with programmable frequency dividers for use in mobile communication equipment. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. The circuit consists of high speed dual modulus divider, shift register, programmable counter (A-, N- and R-counter), phase detector with charge pump and a control logic block. Since the high speed dual modulus divider is able to handle frequencies of up to 1.25 (2.5) GHz, there is no need to add a dedicated external prescaler. The switching signals for the dividing ratio 16/17 (32/33) is generated by the A-counter. The A-counter and the N-down-counter are programmable via the 3-wire bus. They are clocked by the dual modulus divider output signal. The carry output of the N-counter is connected to the frequency input of the phase detector and is controlling the loading of the programmed A-/N-counter start values. The 11 bit R-counter is also programmable and is serving as reference frequency divider. Its carry output is connected to the reference frequency input of the phase detector and is controlling the loading of the programmed counter start value. The phase detector is of PFD-type (phase and frequency sensitive). It has a linear output characteristic in the 0 phase error region. The control logic handles phase detector output polarity, charge pump output current and software-generated powerdown (all circuit parts except the shift registers and data latches). Applications All mobile communication analog and digital systems as RFand IF synthesizers Type PMB 2308-R PMB 2309-R Features * * * * * * * * Package P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) * * * * * * * * Integrated prescaler Low operating current Different power-down modes High input sensitivity, high input frequency Fast phase detector without dead zone Linearization of the phase detector output by current sources Large dividing ratios for small channel spacing PLL PMB 2308 PMB 2309 max. freq. 1.25 GHz 2.5 GHz prescaler: :16/:17 :32/:33 A-counter 0 to 15 0 to 31 N-counter 16 to 4095 32 to 2047 R-counter 3 to 2047 3 to 2047 Serial control (3-wire bus: data, clock, enable) for fast programming (fmax = 10 MHz) Switchable polarity and phase detector current programmable 1 port output (TTL push-pull) External current setting for phase detector output Lock detect output with gated pulse (quasi-digital lock detect) Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V P-TSSOP-16 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 49 1.25-GHz PLL with Prescaler 2.5-GHz PLL with Prescaler PMB 2308 PMB 2309 RF1 RF1 Divider /16 / 17 (/32 / 33) f VCOA CP 4 (5) Bit CY A1-Counter D0 ... D3 LD CP 12 (11) Bit N- Counter LD CY D4 ... D15 1 Bit Latch (Idle) CLK DA EN 1 Bit Adress 3 Bit Latch Control & Test 4 Bit Latch A-Counter 12 Bit Latch MSB (17 + 1) Bit Shift Register 3 Bit Latch Charge Pump Shifted First MSB 11 Bit Latch R- Counter LD RI CP R0 ... R10 11 Bit R- Counter CY f REF f VCON V CC 1 GND 1 CT0, CT1, P0 Control & Test CP0 ... CP2 Phase Detector Power Down V CC2 GND 2 PON PD LD I REF Port ITB08471 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 50 1.1-GHz Prescaler 2.1-GHz Prescaler PMB 2313 B6HF PMB 2314 B6HF General Description The PMB 2313, PMB 2314 prescaler family is designed for use in mobile radio communication devices. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. Due to its low power consumption, low supply voltage down to 2.7 V and low phase noise generation it is suitable for the use in various battery powered handheld systems. The balanced differential inputs of the IC may be connected either symmetrically or asymmetrically. Depending on the logic level at SW input the dividing ratio is fixed to 1:64/65 or 1:128/129. The MOD input determines whether modulus 1/n or 1/(n+1) (n=64 or n=128, according to SW level) is active. The IC can be switched to a low-power standby mode (input STB). The MOD input is TTL/CMOS compatible. The emitter follower output is CMOS compatible. Applications All analog and digital mobile communication systems as part of RF- and IF synthesizers. Type PMB 2313-T PMB 2314-T Features * * * * * * * * Package P-DSO-8-1 (SMD) P-DSO-8-1 (SMD) Low operating current Power-down mode High input sensitivity Wide input frequency range PMB 2313: 0.1 GHz to 1.1 GHz PMB 2314: 0.1 GHz to 2.1 GHz Low noise Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V P-DSO-8 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C VS STB 7 2 V REF I2 8 1:64 / 65 1:128 / 129 1 I 4 Q I1 SW 3 5 GND 6 MOD ITB08472 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 51 2.0-GHz Mixer 2.0-GHz Mixer PMB 2330 PMB 2331 B6HF General Description The PMB 2330, PMB 2331 are low power, double balanced up-/downconversion Gilbert cell mixers up to 2.0 GHz. The PMB 2331 is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. Differential signals and symmetrical circuits are used throughout the mixer. The mixer input can be used in balanced or unbalanced configuration. The mixer outputs are high impedance open collector outputs. The adjustable mixer current allows to improve the mixer performance. An internal bias driver generates supply voltage and temperature compensated reference voltages. Applications All analog and digital mobile communication systems as up/ downconverter mixer. Type PMB 2330-T PMB 2331-T Features Package P-DSO-8-1 (SMD) P-DSO-8-1 (SMD) * Low operating current * Low operating voltage: PMB 2330: 3.0 V to 7.0 V PMB 2331: 2.7 V to 5.5 V * Power-down mode * RF- and IF-frequency range up to 2.0 GHz * Mixer current adjustable * Low noise figure * High conversion gain * Excellent intercept performance * Good suppression of input signals at output * High isolation values * Few external components * P-DSO-8 package * Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C MO 1 MO 2 VS 3 LO 4 Bias 8 MI 7 MI 6 GND 5 LO ITB08473 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 52 1.1-GHz LNA + Mixer PMB 2332 B6HF General Description The PMB 2332 is a low noise amplifier (LNA) up to 1.1 GHz and double balanced mixer up to 3 GHz for use in mobile communication equipment. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. The amplified signal is external available for further use at output AO. The DC level at GC allows to switch the LNA gain (on/off: 20 dB). The mixer is a general purpose up- and downconversion Gilbert cell mixer. Differential signals and symmetrical circuits are used throughout the mixer. The mixer input can be used in balanced or unbalanced configuration. The mixer outputs are high impedance open collector outputs. The adjustable mixer current allows to improve the mixer performance. An internal bias driver generates supply voltage and temperature compensated reference voltages. The STB pin allows the mixer and bandgap part of the IC to be switched in power-down mode. Applications All analog and digital mobile communication systems as frontend-LNA and up-/ downconverter mixer. Type PMB 2332-R Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * Package P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) Low operating current Power-down mode LNA frequency range up to 1.1 GHz Switchable LNA gain High LNA gain (typ. 20 dB at 900 MHz) Low LNA noise figure (typ. 1.5 dB at 900 MHz) Double balanced mixer up to 3 GHz with high gain Excellent intercept performance High isolation values Few external components Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V P-TSSOP-16 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C GC AO V CC LNA STB MI MI GND Mixer LO LNA Bias AREF AI GND GND LNA LNA MO MO V CC LO ITB08474 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 53 3-GHz LNA/Driver + Mixer PMB 2333 B6HF General Description The PMB 2333 is a low power amplifier and double balanced mixer up to 3 GHz for use in mobile communication equipment. It is fabricated using Siemens B6HF silicon bipolar process. The amplifier may be used as low noise amplifier (LNA) or as driver amplifier. The amplified signal is external available for further use at the open collector output AO. The DC level at GC allows to adjust the amplifier current and the gain. Low current is recommended for using the amplifier as LNA, higher current for using it as driver. The mixer is a general purpose up- and downconversion Gilbert cell mixer. Differential signals and symmetrical circuits are used throughout the mixer. The mixer input can be used in balanced or unbalanced configuration. The mixer outputs are high impedance open collector outputs. The adjustable mixer current allows to improve the mixer performance. An internal bias driver generates supply voltage and temperature compensated reference voltages. The STB pin allows the mixer and bandgap part of the IC to be switched in power-down mode. Applications All analog and digital mobile communication systems as frontend-LNA or preamplifier-driver and up-/downconverter mixer. Type PMB 2333-R Features * * * * Package P-TSSOP-16-1 (Shrink, SMD) * * * * * * * * Low operating current Power-down mode Amplifier frequency range up to 3 GHz LNA: Variable gain, High gain (typ. 12 dB at 1.8 GHz), Low noise figure (typ. 1.7 dB at 1.8 GHz) Driver-amplifier: Variable gain, High output (typ. +12 dBm at 1.8 GHz) Double balanced mixer up to 3 GHz with high gain Excellent intercept performance High isolation values Few external components Operating voltage 2.7 V to 5.5 V T-SSOP-16 package Temperature range - 30 C to 85 C GC AO GND AMP STB MI MI GND Mixer LO AMP Bias AREF AI GND GND AMP AMP MO MO V CC LO ITB08475 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 54 Digital Terminal ICs Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 55 Digital Terminals ICs Positioning of the described products in different kinds of applications/segments. Type ISAC -S PEB 2085 PEB 2086 ISAC(R)-S TE PSB 2186 ISAC -P PEB 20950 ISAC(R)-P TE PSB 2196 SmartLink-P PSB 2197 ARCOFI(R) PSB 2160 ARCOFI -BA PSB 2161 ARCOFI(R)-SP PSB 2163 PSB 2165 ITAC(R) PSB 2110 ISAR PSB 7110 HSCX-TE PSB 21525 JADE PSB 7280 * * * Video * * Data * * Voice * * * * * * * * * * * Page 61 61 62 63 64 66 68 69 (R) * * (R) * * * * * (R) * * 70 71 74 73 75 * * * * * 76 * = Main application * = Optional Depending on the application products out of other segments like ESCC2; IBC; IEC-Q should also be considered. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 56 Overview on ICs for Digital Terminals ISDN Voice Terminals With the digitization of the local loops, new ICs are needed to adapt the voice and data sources. Because of the analog/digital conversion is implemented in the telephone, Digital Signal Processing techniques (DSP) are suitably powerful tools for accomplishing this task. The ARCOFI(R) PSB 2160, ARCOFI(R)-BA PSB 2161 and ARCOFI(R)-SP PSB 2165 or PSB 2163 make the best use of this technology to deliver programmable, telephone specific codec/filter. The modular concept allows the support of several interfaces like UP0 (ISAC(R)-P), UPN (ISAC(R)-P TE, SmartLink-P), S0 (ISAC(R)-S, ISAC(R)-S TE) and Uk0 (IEC-Q, IEC-T). All interface controllers including layer-1, -2 support the IOM-2 Bus and are software compatible. The adaptation of existing data terminals (DTE) to an ISDN through a variety of interfaces (X.21, V24, RS232C, ...) is a subject being covered by a number of emerging standards. The ITAC ISDN adapter circuit PSB 2110 brings a flexible solution to each configuration. A typical subscriber terminal configuration is shown in the figure 1. Extendible to Integrated Voice / Data Terminals Packet Data e.g. X.25 Character Data e.g. V24 or X.21 Voice IOM (R) -2 Bus 768 kbit / s S/T Interface HSCX SAB 82525 ITAC (R) PSB 2110 ARCOFI (R) PSB 2160 ARCOFI (R) -BA PSB 2161 ARCOFI (R) -SP PSB 2165 PSB 2163 C (optional) ISAC (R) -S PEB 2085 PEB 2086 ISAC (R) -S TE PSB 2186 ISAC (R) -P PEB 20950 ISAC (R) -P TE PSB 2196 Smart Link-P PSB 2197 P Figure 1 ISDN Voice Terminal (extendible to integrated voice/data applications) ITA03699 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 57 Overview on ICs for Digital Terminals ISDN Data Access Shorter dial-up times, higher data rates and simultaneous voice/data transmission comparing to analog transfer via modem make ISDN very interesting for data access. Especially ISDN data transfer via PC card is becoming more and more popular. The signs below show 2 solutions of passive PC cards. The passive low cost version (figure 2) is optimal for point-to-point data transfer. The modular concept for this version includes the HDLC controllers and the interface controllers (optional for UP0-, UPN-, S0-, Uk0-interfaces see ISDN Voice Terminals). The serial controllers HSCX (8-bit interface) and ESCC2 (16-bit interface) can be used in many applications in telecom and datacom systems by offering dual channel HDLC controlling and DMA capability. The shown enhanced passive PC-card version (figure 3) includes the interface controllers and a DSP-based solution. There is a dedicated ROM-coded DSP-version for supporting modem (V.32), fax (V.29), data adaption (V.110, USART framing) and HDLC controlling in development. Please contact the Siemens sales office for details. Like the ISDN Voice Terminals (figure 1) both PC-card version are expendible for voice and active PC-card solutions. HSCX (8 Bit) SAB 82525 ESCC2 (16 Bit) SAB 82532 IOM (R) -2 Bus ISAC (R) -S TE (PSB 2186) IOM (R) -2 S0 ISAR PSB 7110 Bus ISAC (R) -S TE (PSB 2186) S0 Local Bus Local Bus PC-Interface PC Bus PC-Interface PC Bus ITA06116 ITA06117 Figure 2 Passive Low-Cost PC-Card Solution Figure 3 Enhanced Passive PC-Card Solution Optimized ROM-Coded DSP-Solution (in development) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 58 Overview on ICs for Digital Terminals ISDN Video Terminals Together with the video compression IC (VCP) from 8x8, Siemens offers a system solution for H.320 ISDN-based video communication. This four chip solution includes the VCP ARCOFI-SP (PSB 2165) Joint Audio Decoder-Encoder JADE (PSB 7280) ISAC-S (PSB 2186). The 8x8 VCP is a single-chip programmable video processor, which support the standards H.261, MPEG1, MPEG2 IPEG. The Siemens audio compression IC JADE supports the following standards: G.711, G.722, G.728. The figure 4 shows the 8x8-Siemens videophone solution. ISDN S-Interface ISAC (R) -S (PSB 2186) IOM (R) -2 SRAM VCP 8x8 3100 Series DRAM Camera Video Capture Video In Video Out Host Audio JADE PSB 7280 IOM (R) -2 ARCOFI (R) -SP PSB 2163 Microphone Speakers PCI I / F SAB 80C535 PCI / VL Bus Figure 4 IIT-Siemens Chipset Single Board PC Videophone Block Diagram ITA06118 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 59 Digital Terminal ICs Product Overview Type PEB 2085 PEB 2086 PSB 2186 PEB 20950 PSB 2196 PSB 2197 PSB 2160 PSB 2161 PSB 2163 PSB 2165 PSB 7110 PSB 2110 PSB 21525 PSB 7280 Short Title ISAC -S ISAC -S ISAC(R)-S TE ISAC -P ISAC -P TE SmartLink-P ARCOFI (R) (R) (R) (R) (R) Description ISDN Subscriber Access Controller ISDN Subscriber Access Controller ISDN Subscriber Access Controller ISDN Subscriber Access Controller ISDN Subscriber Access Controller Subscriber Access Controller Audio Ringing Codec Filter Audio Ringing Codec Filter Audio Ringing Codec Filter Audio Ringing Codec Filter ISDN Subscriber Access ISDN Terminal Adapter Circuit High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended Joint Audio Decoder / Encoder Page 61 61 62 63 64 66 68 69 70 71 73 74 75 76 ARCOFI(R)-BA ARCOFI -SP ARCOFI -SP ISAR ITAC (R) (R) (R) HSCX-TE JADE Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 60 ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (ISAC(R)-S) PEB 2085 PEB 2086 General Description The PEB 2085/86 ISAC-S implements the four-wire S0 interface used to link voice/data terminals to an ISDN. The component switches B- and D-channels between the S0 and the ISDN Oriented Modular (IOM) interfaces, the latter being a standard backplane interface for the ISDN basic access. The HDLC packets of the ISDN D-channel are handled by the ISAC-S which interfaces them to the associated microcontroller. Applications * * * * * * * Voice/Data Terminals ISDN PC Cards/Terminal Adapters Videophone Video PC Cards/Conferencing Systems G4 FAX Tele Control Systems Point-of-Sales Terminal Type PEB 2085-N PEB 2085-P PEB 2086-H PEB 2086-N Features Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-2 P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Full duplex 2B+D S0 interface transceiver according to CCITT I.430 * Conversion of the frame structure between the S/T interface and IOM * Receive timing recovery according to selected operating mode * D-channel access control; support of LAPD protocol * FlFO-buffer (2 x 64 bytes) for efficient transfer of D-channel packets * 8-bit microprocessor interface, multiplexed or nonmultiplexed * Serial interface: IOM-1, SLD, SSI, IOM-2 * Implementation of IOM-1/IOM-2-MONITOR and C/Ichannel protocol to control peripheral devices * Watchdog timer IOM (R) S SSI SSI Switching SLD SLD D-Channel Handling IOM (R) Interface B-Channel Buffer ISDN Basic Access Layer-1 Functions Control FIFO P Interface P Block Diagram ITB00843 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 61 ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for Terminal Applications (ISAC(R)-S TE) PSB 2186 General Description The PSB 2186 ISAC-S TE implements the four-wire S0 interface used to link voice/data terminals to an ISDN. The component switches B- and D-channels between the S0 and the ISDN Oriented Modular (IOM-2) interfaces, the latter being a standard backplane interface for the ISDN basic access. The HDLC packets of the ISDN D-channel are handled by the ISAC-S TE which interfaces them to the associated microcontroller. Applications * * * * * * * * Voice/Data Terminals ISDN PC Cards/Terminal Adapters Videophone Video PC Cards/Conferencing Systems G4 FAX Tele Control Systems Cash Register Internetworks Point-of-sales terminals Type PSB 2186-H PSB 2186-N PSB 2186-P Features Package P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-2 * IOM-2 terminal specific version of the PEB 2086 (downward pin and SW compatibility) * Full duplex 2B+D S0-interface transceiver according to CCITT I.430 * Conversion of the frame structure between the S/T interface and IOM-2 * D-channel access control; support of LAPD control * FIFO buffer (2 x 64 bytes) for efficient transfer of D-channel packets * 8-bit microprocessor interface, multiplexed or non-multiplexed * Serial interface: IOM-2 interface including bit clock and strobe signal * Implementation of IOM-2 MONITOR and C/l-channel protocol to control peripheral devices IOM (R) - 2 S B-Channel Buffer Switching IOM (R) Interface D-Channel Handling ISDNBasic Access Layer-1 Functions Control FIFO P-Interface Block Diagram P 62 ITB05406 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (ISAC(R)-P) PEB 20950 General Description The ISAC-P PEB 20950 is a combination of transceiver and HDLC controller for ISDN terminals in a two-wire PBX environment. Transceiver functions are performed according to the two-wire PBX industry standard UP0. This corresponds to all of the functions available on the IBC PEB 2095. Similarly the HDLC protocol is processed as described for the ICC PEB 2070. The ISAC-P represents both the IBC and ICC on a single IC. Type PEB 20950-N PEB 20950-P Features * * * * * * * * * * Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-2 Half-duplex burst-mode two-wire transceiver AMI-line code Adaptive line equalization High-level support of LAPD protocol FlFO-buffer (2 x 64 bytes) for efficient transfer of D-channel packets IOM interface to other ICs Switching of test loops 8-bit P interface Advanced CMOS technology Low power consumption Code SSI Port SLD Port Scramble IOM (R) Interface HDLC Receiver LAPD HDLC Transmitter Controller Status Command Register R-FIFO X-FIFO FIFO Controller Decode Descramble f Buffer Timing ADPLL P-Interface ITB01499 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 63 ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (ISAC(R)-P TE) PSB 2196 General Description The PSB 2196, ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for UPN interface ISAC-P TE, implements the subscriber access functions for a digital terminal to be connected to a two-wire UPN interface. The PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE is an optimized device for TE-applications, covering the complete layer-1 and -2 functions. The PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE combines the functions of the UPN transceiver with reduced loop length (one channel of the OCTAT-P PEB 2096) and the ISDN-Communications Controller (ICC, PEB 2070) onto one chip. The microcontroller interface of the ISAC-P TE is compatible to standard multiplexed microcontrollers. In addition it provides the microcontroller clock signal as well as a supply voltage control and reset generation. The terminal repeater function of the ISAC-P TE allows to cascade two telephones which are controlled by one UPN interface from the line card. The PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE interfaces to voice/data devices via the IOM-2 interface. The PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE is a 1 micron CMOS device offered in a P-LCC-44 and P-MQFP-44 pin package. It operates from a single 5-V supply. Note: UPN in the document refers to a version of the UP0 standard with a reduced loop length. Type PSB 2196-H PSB 2196-N Features Package P-MQFP-44-2 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Cost/performance-optimized UPN-interface transceiver, compatible to PEB 2096 OCTAT-P * HDLC controller with 2 x 32-byte FIFO per direction * HDLC-address recognition and control field handling compatible to PEB 2070 * IOM-2 interface for terminal application compatible to PEB 2070 ICC * 8-bit multiplexed microprocessor interface * 4-wire serial programming interface * CPU clock and reset outputs * Test loops * Advanced CMOS technology Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 64 ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (ISAC(R)-P TE) PSB 2196 TE-Mode IOM (R) -2 LCD Contrast Pulse Width Modulator D-Channel Controller IOM (R) -2 Interface U PN Transceiver U PN LCD Matrix LED Matrix Control FIFO Microcontroller Interface / Reset Logic Block Diagram of the ISAC(R)-P TE TE-Mode Microcontroller ITB05320 TR-Mode IOM (R) -2 U PN U PN Transceiver IOM (R) -2 Interface TIC Reset ITB05321 Block Diagram of the ISAC(R)-P TE TR-Mode Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 65 Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (SmartLink-P) PSB 2197 General Description The PSB 2197, SmartLink-P, implements the subscriber access functions for a digital terminal to be connected to a two-wire UPN interface. The PSB 2197 SmartLink-P is an optimized device for TE applications, covering the complete layer-1 and basic layer-2 functions for digital terminals. The PSB 2197 SmartLink-P combines the functions of the UPN transceiver with reduced loop length (one channel of the OCTAT-P PEB 2096) and a simple HDLC controller for signaling data onto one chip. A pulse width modulator is included to provide an LCD-contrast control or a ring tone signal. The serial control port of the SmartLink-P is compatible to most serial interfaces of microcontrollers. In addition it provides the microcontroller clock signal as well as an undervoltage detector and reset generation including a watchdog function. The Terminal Repeater function of the SmartLink-P allows to cascade two telephones which are controlled by one UPN interface from the line card or to extend the loop length by using an IEC-Q transceiver. The SmartLink-P can also be used as a simple HDLC controller which provides the TlC-bus access procedure. In this mode, the UPN transceiver is inactive. The PSB 2197 SmartLink-P interfaces to voice/data devices via the IOM-2 interface and provides an additional bit clock and strobe signal for standard codecs. The upstream B-channel information may be muted or loop back the downstream data. The PSB 2197 SmartLink-P is a 1-micron CMOS device offered in a P-DSO-28 package. It operates from a single 5-V supply. Note: UPN in the document refers to a version of the UP0 standard with a reduced loop length. Type PSB 2197-T Features Package P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) * Cost/performance-optimized UPN interface tranceiver, compatible to PEB 2096 OCTAT-P or PSB 2196 ISAC-P TE * HDLC controller with 2 x 4-byte FIFO per direction * IOM-2 interface for terminal application including bit clock and strobe signal * Uplink MUTE function * Selective B-channel loop back * Serial control port * Pulse width output LCD-contrast control or ring tone generation * CPU clock and reset output * Watchdog timer * Test loops * Advanced CMOS technology * Low power consumption: active: 100 mW max. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 66 Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (SmartLink-P) PSB 2197 TE-Mode IOM (R) -2 / PCM U PN IOM (R) -2 Interface Pulse Width Modulator Ring Tone Generator D-Channel Controller TIC U PN Transceiver FIFO Serial Control Port Clock, Reset Microcontroller Block Diagram of the SmartLink-P TE-Mode ITB06298 TR-Mode IOM (R) -2 U PN U PN Transceiver IOM (R) -2 Interface TIC Reset ITB05321 Block Diagram of the SmartLink-P TR-Mode Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 67 Audio Ringing Codec Filter (ARCOFI(R)) PSB 2160 General Description The PSB 2160 ARCOFI provides the subscriber with an optimized audio, ringing, codec, filter processor solution for a digital telephone. It fulfills all the necessary requirements for the completion of a low-cost digital telephone. Applications * * * * Voice Terminals and Voice/Data Terminals Telephones with PC Interface Voice featured PC Cards Fax Machines and a/b Terminal Adapter Type PSB 2160-N PSB 2160-P Features Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-24-1 * Applications in digital terminal equipment including a voice path * Digital signal processing (DSP) performs all CODEC functions * Fully compatible to the G.714/CCITT specifications * PCM G.711/CCITT A-Law/-Law and 16-bit linear data * IOM-2 or SLD serial interface bus * DTMF, tone and ringing generators * Separate output for a piezo ringer * Dual analog inputs for handset and "hands-free" microphones plus an auxiliary differential analog input * Two sets of differential outputs for a handset earpiece and a loudspeaker * 100 mW (sine wave) loadspeaker driver capability * Test and maintenance loopbacks in the analog front end and the digital processor * Low power CMOS technology * Power consumption active: 150 mW standby: 100 mW AFE XINP XINN MIP MIN FHM 13 14 15 16 17 AHM 1 I / MUX A D AX ASP ADI 10 Digital Signal Processor Peripheral Control Interface 9 8 7 SA SB SC SD AFHM HOP HON 19 18 AHO Timing Unit O / MUX D A Coefficient RAM PLL ALS 22 GNDA 23 24 GNDD 1 2 SP 2 3 SP 1 4 RS 11 12 SLD-IOM (R) -2 Interface 6 5 DD SIP / DU CLK / DCLK FSC LSP LSN 21 20 V SS V DD ITB00891 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 68 Audio Ringing Codec Filter Basic Function (ARCOFI(R)-BA) PSB 2161 General Description The PSB 2161 ARCOFI-BA provides the Design Engineer with a cost-optimized audio, ringing, codec, filter processor solution for simple digital terminals. It offers the minimum functions necessary to develop a low-cost telephone and thus with the high flexibility by the DSP technics. Applications * Low-Cost Voice Terminals and Voice/Data Terminals * Telephones with PC Interface * Voice featured PC Cards * Video Conference Terminals * Fax Machines and a/b Terminal Adapter Type PSB 2161 Features Package P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) * Programmable Analog Front End (AFE), enables direct connection of microphones, earpiece and loudspeaker * Digital signal processing performs all CODEC functions * Fully compatible to the G. 714 CCITT and ETSI (NET33) specification * PCM A-Law/-Law (G. 711 CCITT) and 16-bit linear data * IOM-2 interface (TE- and non-TE-mode), Serial Control Interface (SCI) and Serial Data Interface (SDI) * Three analog inputs: two differential, high performance inputs for microphones plus a single-ended auxiliary input * Two differential outputs for a handset earpiece (200 ) and a loudspeaker (50 ) * 100-mW sine wave and 200-mW square wave loadspeaker driver capability * Separate digital output for a piezo ringer * Flexible Peripheral Control Interface (PCI) in IOM-2 TE-mode * Flexible DTMF, tone and ringing generator * Single 5-V power supply * Low power consumption: standby < 1 mW Configuration & Coefficients Peripheral Control & Serial Control Interface Analog Front End Data Digital Signal Processor Data IOM (R) -2 & Serial Data Interface PCI / SCI Audio IOM (R) -2 / SDI Timing Unit & Reset Logic ITB05593 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 69 Audio Ringing Codec Filter (ARCOFI(R)-SP) Featuring Enhanced Speakerphone PSB 2163 General Description The PSB 2163 ARCOFI-SP provides the subscriber with an DSP-based audio, ringing, codec, filter-processor solution for a digital telephone. It fulfills all the necessary requirements for the completion of a low-cost digital telephone featuring digital speakerphone and controlled loudhearing. Applications * * * * * Voice Terminals and Voice/Data Terminals Telephones with PC Interface Voice Featured PC Cards Video Conference Terminals Fax Machines and a/b Terminal Adapter Type PSB 2163-N PSB 2163-P PSB 2163-T Features Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-28-1 P-DSO-28-1 (SMD) * Programmable Analog Front End (AFE), enables direct connection of microphones, earpiece and loudspeaker * 42+3 dB transmit amplification on chip, allows the direct connection of the speakerphone microphone without external OpAmp * Digital signal processing performs all CODEC functions Fully compatible to the G.714/CCITT and NET33/ETSI specifications * PCM G.711/CCITT A-Law/-Law and 16-bit linear data * IOM-2 TE, IOM-2 (4 MHz) and SCI/SDI serial data interfaces * Enhanced digital speakerphone support without any external devices: "Stronger-Wins" Algorithm enables mode switching by just speaking louder Controlled monitoring (loudhearing) without any external devices Automatic Gain-Control (AGC) in transmit and receive direction * 200 mW (square) / 100 mW (sine wave) loudspeaker driver capability * Flexible DTMF, tone and ringing generator * Low power consumption (standby < 1 mW) Configuration & Coefficients Peripheral Control & Serial Control Interface Analog Front End Data Digital Signal Processor Data IOM (R) -2 & Serial Data Interface PCI / SCI Audio IOM (R) -2 / SDI Timing Unit & Reset Logic ITB05593 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 70 Audio Ringing Codec Filter (ARCOFI(R)-SP) Featuring Speakerphone Function PSB 2165 General Description The PSB 2165 ARCOFI-SP provides the subscriber with an optimized Audio, Ringing, Codec, Filter processor solution for a digital telephone. It fulfills all the necessary requirements for the completion of a low-cost digital telephone. The ARCOFI-SP performs all coding, decoding and filtering functions according to the CCITT and AT&T standard. Full featured applications are possible without any external elements. All the necessary hardware and software is implemented. In addition, the ARCOFI-SP offers a speakerphone function as well as a controlled monitoring. These features are fully implemented in the chip. Two independent receive channels offer a more flexible use of the tone generator, the digital gain stages, and the frequency correction. Two transducer correction filters (one for each direction) can be programmed to correct the analog transducer frequency characteristics. The ARCOFI-SP provides an universal DTMF, tone and ringing generator. All the generated tone sequences are switchable to each output. This flexible tone generator concept fulfills all the current specifications. The interfacing to a handset mouth and earpiece is facilitated by a flexible analog front end. A loudspeaker output has also been integrated on the chip as well as a secondary input for a speakerphone microphone. Further auxiliary differential analog input is available. All analog inputs and outputs are gain programmable through software. Functional Description The ARCOFI-SP bridges the gap between the audio world of microphones, earphones, loudspeakers and the PCM digital world by providing a full PCM-CODEC with all the necessary transmit and receive filters as well as a speakerphone and monitoring function. The ARCOFI-SP can be subdivided in three main blocks: * The ARCOFI Analog Front End (AFE) * The ARCOFI Signal Processor(ASP) * The ARCOFI Digital Interface (ADI). Type PSB 2165-N PSB 2165-P Features Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-28-1 * Applications in digital terminal equipment featuring voice functions * Digital signal processing performs all CODEC functions * Fully compatible to the G.714 CCITT specifications * PCM A-Law/-Law and 16-bit linear data * IOM-2 or SLD serial data interface * Full digital speakerphone support without any external devices * Automatic Gain Control (AGC) in transmit direction * Controlled monitoring (loudhearing) without any external devices * Dual analog input for the microphone in the handset and single-ended input the speakerphone plus an auxiliary differential analog input * Two differential outputs for a handset earpiece and a loudspeaker * 100-mW (sine wave) loudspeaker driver capability * Independent gain programmable amplifiers for all analog inputs and outputs * Flexible Peripheral Control Interface (PCI) * Flexible test and maintenance loopbacks in the analog front end and the digital signal processor * Flexible DTMF, tone and ringing generator * Low power consumption (standby < 1 mW) * Advanced CMOS technology, single 5-V power supply Hardware and software support by the Siemens ISDN PC Board SIPB 5000 and ARCOFI-SP coefficient program ARCOS SP Plus SIPO 2165 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 71 Audio Ringing Codec Filter (ARCOFI(R)-SP) Featuring Speakerphone Function PSB 2165 Auxiliary Speakerphone Handset Microphone Amplifier A D Signal Processing A/ PiezoRinger Tone and DTMF Generator Speakerphone (+ Monitoring) Side Tone IOM (R) -2 SLD Futher Terminal Functions Loudspeaker Earpiece Amplifier D A + Signal Processing + + A/ + Power Supply 5 V Amplifier D A AFE ASP ADI ITA03966 Signal Flow Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 72 ISDN Data Access Controller (ISAR) PSB 7110 General Description The PSB 7110 ISAR has been designed as advanced solution for passive ISDN PC cards and stand alone terminal adapter boxes. It is an ISDN-data access controller, which supports data rate adaption, standard HDLC protocolling and communication with remote analog fax or modem applications. Applications * * * * * * * ISDN PC Card /Standalone Box ISDN Data Terminals Modem Radio in the Loop Digital Terminal Manufacturers Computer Manufacturers Modem Producers Type PSB 7110-F Features Package P-TQFP-100-1 (SMD) * Two universal formatter supporting async, HDLC and binary framing of B-channel data * One HDLC formatter with TIC-bus support for D-channel applications in terminal mode * Fax/modem modulation up to 14.4 kbaud (V.32bis, V.17) including fall back modes * DTMF generation / reception * 8 Kbyte on-chip RAM for internal use and HDLC-frame buffering * 256-byte FIFO per direction for host interface communication * 8 Kbyte external SRAM interface for V.32bis support IOM(R)-2 / PCM Bus Time-slot Assign Time-slot Assign TIC Bus Pump Fax Data TransDTM V.110 Modem Modem parent Gen / Det Pump V.110 Transparent SART ASYNC HDLC Binar SART ASYNC HDLC Binar HDLC C/ITest Monitor Code DiagnoHandler Handler sis Buffer 1 Buffer 2 Buffer 3 Buffer 0 Mailbox Block Diagram Host ITB08608 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 73 ISDN Terminal Adaptor Circuit (ITAC(R)) PSB 2110 General Device Overview The ISDN Terminal Adapter Circuit interfaces standard terminals and PCs to a circuit switched data network or an ISDN. It supports both bitstuffing (V.110) and flag-stuffing (V.120) adaption protocols. The on-chip communication controllers handle signaling between data equipment and the network. Applications * Voice/Data Terminals * ISDN PC Cards * ISDN Terminal Adapters Type PSB 2110-H PSB 2110-N PSB 2110-P Features Package P-MQFP-44-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-1 * Support of async and sync interfaces (X.21, X.21 bis V.24, RS232C, V.35) * Modem control lines * Programmable baud rates * Bit rate adaption according to X.30, V.110, ECMA.102 * USART and HDLC controller to support V.120 and DMI applications * In-band parameter exchange and signaling support * Supports SSI- and IOM-2 interface for basic rate applications * IOM-2 MONITOR channel controller * Siemens/Intel multiplexed microprocessor interface * Power-down (standby) mode User Rate TxD RxD S DTR / C DCD / I RTS CTS DSR M1 M2 M3 MO1 MO2 DCE Interface Async Sync Converter ASC Intermediate Rate Intermediate Rate Converter IRC Bearer Rate Converter BRC IOM (R) -2 Handler Synchronous Network Interface SNI SDX / DU SDR / DD CLK / DCL FSC Data Path & Clock Multiplexer Status and Configuration Register Intermediate DPLL XTAL1 USAR FIFO 9 Byte USAT FIFO 9 Byte HDLCR FIFO 9 Byte HDLCT FIFO 9 Byte Clock Network Generation User Rate XTAL2 10.752 MHz Counter Microcomputer / DMA Interface Block Diagram AD0 - 7 RD WR CS ALE RST DACKO DACKI DMOR DMIR EODR ITB02593 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 74 High-Level Serial Communications Controller for Terminals (HSCX-TE) PSB 21525 General Description The HSCX-TE is an optimized terminal version of the HSCX (SAB 82525). The HSCX-TE has been designed to implement high-speed communication links using HDLC protocols and to reduce the hardware and software overhead needed for serial synchronous communications. Applications * ISDN PC Card/Standalone Box * ISDN Data Terminal Type PSB 21525-H PSB 21525-N Features Package P-MQFP-44-2 (SMD) P-LCC-44-2 (SMD) * Optimized solution of HSCX (SAB ) for terminal equipment Non-auto mode and transparent mode (no auto-mode) Clock mode 5 only Transfer of data blocks from/to system memory by interrupt request (no DMA mode) * Two independent full-duplex HDLC channels * Independent time-slot length (1-256 bit) * Transparent receive/transmit of data bytes without HDLC framing * Various types of protocol support depending on operating mode * 64-byte FIFOs per channel and direction * 8-bit demultiplexed or multiplexed bus interface Channel A SP-REG Decoder DDA DUA RTSA CTSA A0- A6 D0- D7 RD / IC1 WR / IC0 CS ALE / IM0 INT RES IM1 STBB FSCB BCLB CTSB RTSB DUB DDB Channel B Block Diagram ITB07459 Transmit FIFO Receive FIFO Data Link Controller TSA BCLA FSCA STBA P Bus Interface Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 75 Joint Audio Decoder/Encoder (JADE) PSB 7280 General Description The PSB 7280 is a device which implements voice compression algorithms defined in the ITU-TS G.711, G.722 and the G.728 Recommendation. It fits best into every application where audicompression is needed. Applications ISDN videophones Video conference systems Corporate networks voice concentrators and gateways Data-over-voice and voice-over-data terminals Networks (e.g. LANs) for packetized voice Digital Added Main-Line (DAML) & Digital Circuit Multiplication (DCME) equipment * Voice storage e.g. in PC based applications * * * * * * Type PSB 7280-H Features Package P-TQFP-100-1 (SMD) * G.711/G.722/G.728 compression/decompression for one audio channel * Programmable G.711/G.722/G.728 modes with mixed modes of operation (e.g. G.722 in receive and G.728 in transmit direction) * A/-Law recognition in G.711 mode (according to G.725 Appendix I) * Fax modem signal recognition * Accepts/outputs uncompressed audio in 8-bit PCM A/-Law, or linear 16-bit format * Serial H.221 oriented audio protocol for direct connection to Videocodec (VCP of IIT Inc.) * Two universal serial HDLC/transparent data controllers * Programmable on-chip PLL for internal clock generation from ISDN low frequency clock * All program and data memory on chip * Flexible interfaces (e.g. IOM-2, serial audio interface, parallel 8-bit host interface, external memory interface) * Supply voltage: 3.0 to 3.6 V * 0.5-m CMOS technology Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 76 Joint Audio Decoder/Encoder (JADE) PSB 7280 SIO AD(0:7) RD WR CS ALE RDY INTR INT Reset EA Parallel Host Interface Audio SCLK SR ST RFS TFS Serial Audio I/F Rec 1 Trm 1 Rec 2 Trm 2 2x Mailbox 256 Bytes HDLC 2 HDLC 1 IOM (R) / PCM DD DU DCL FSC Mon, C / I Control Config / Control Register 16 KW Prog ROM DSP Core CM 0,1 Timers 3 KW Data X-ROM 1 KW Data X-RAM 2 KW Data 1 KW Data Y-RAM Y-RAM CLKO BRG Clock Gen / PLL XTAL 1 XTAL 2 External Memory Interface V REF RADJ CA(0:15) CD(0:15) CRD CWR CPS CDS TCLK TMS TDI TDO ITB06115 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 77 Digital Exchange System ICs Subscriber Line Interface Codec Filter SLICOFI(R); PEB 3065 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 79 Digital Exchange System ICs Positioning of the described products in different kinds of applications/segments: Type Analog Line Card Digital Line Card Digital Primary Added Main Rate Line (DAML) Interface (PRI) Data Over Voice (DOV) Network Termination Remote Power Termination (NT/RP) Trunk Units PIC EPIC(R)-S EPIC(R)-1 ELIC(R) SICOFl(R) SICOFI(R)-2 SICOFI(R)-4 SICOFI(R)-4C ICC IDEC(R) SBC SBCX QUAT(R)-S IEC-Q IEC-T Quad IEC DFE-T Quad IEC AFE Quad IEC DFE-Q IBC OCTAT(R)-P IEPC ACFA IPAT(R)-2 PRISM FALCTM54 ARCOFI(R) ARCOFI(R)-SP ITAC(R) IRPC GPPC ISAC(R)-S ISAC(R)-P SLICOFI(R) HV-SLIC PRACT HSCX ESCC2 ESCC8 * = Main application = Optional * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 80 Digital Exchange System ICs General Overview on Architecture and Devices t/r Subscriber Units Analog Line Cards Switching Systems MTSS MTSC MTSL MUSAC TM -A EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ELIC (R) HSCX ESCC2 / 8 MUNICH32 Group Processors DAML t / r DAML-RT U t/r t/r DAML-COT t / r SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 SLICOFI (R) SLIC HV-SLIC PIC EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX DOV t/r t/r Digital Line Cards U (Basic Rate) SBC SBCX QUAT (R) -S ISAC (R) -S IEC-T IEC-Q IBC OCTAT (R) -P EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ICC IDEC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX IEPC Trunk Units ACFA IPAT (R) -2 HSCX PRISM ESCC2 ESCC8 FALC TM 54 S/T U U Transmission Exchange Concentrator Multiplexer (Primary Rate) ACFA IPAT (R) -2 PRACT PRISM HSCX FALC TM 54 ESCC2 / 8 PCM Highway S NT RPT ITA03688 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 81 Analog Line Cards Product Overview Type PEB 2052 PEB 2054 PEB 2055 SAB 82525 SAB 82526 PEB 20550 PEB 2060 PEB 2260 PEB 2465 PEB 2466 PEB 3065 PEB 4065 Short Title PIC EPIC(R)-S EPIC -1 HSCX HSCX1 ELIC(R) SICOFl(R) SICOFI(R)-2 SICOFI -4 SICOFI(R)-4 C SLICOFl(R) HV-SLIC (R) (R) Description PCM Interface Controller Extended PCM Interface Controller-Small Extended PCM Interface Controller High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended Extended Line Card Interface Controller Signal Processing Codec Filter Dual Channel Codec Filter Four Channel Codec Filter Four Channel Codec Filter with C Interface Signal Processing with integrated low voltage SLIC Codec Filter Subscriber Line Interface Circuit (High Voltage Part) Page 89 90 91 162 92 94 96 97 99 100 101 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 82 General Exchange Architecture Analog Line Cards In a digital exchange system the subscriber line boards provide the link between the subscriber and the switching network. The basic functions of analog line boards are known under acronym BORSHT (Battery, Overvoltage, Ringing, Supervision, Hybrid, Testing). Additional important tasks are voice frequency band limitation, analog to digital conversion into time discrete digital equivalents, time-slot assignment on the PCM highways and handling of signaling and control information. The conventional implementation uses two PCM ports and one P interface per subscriber line leading to a large amount of wiring and, thus, problems are as crosstalk and large board size. The conventional implementation is also characterized by the fixed adjustment of line interface conditions although telephone line conditions vary considerably with national standards and even with subscriber line installations. Under adverse conditions telecommunication equipment must match the subscriber line and termination impedances while suppressing return echoes in the two to-four-wire hybrid network. Compensating for line attenuation is just as critical for balancing the voice signals in the transmission and reception paths. To improve voice quality, subscriber line boards have to be matched to different line conditions by means of interchangeable discrete components. This approach is very costly regarding line board design and manufacturing. Furthermore, the reliability of a board filled with parts, wires and connections will decrease rapidly. The best solution to eliminate these line card trouble spots is the design of one standard line card, which can be customized for various line conditions and postal specifications through software control. The right choice of dedicate device allows the optimal line card design for each application in public switches, PBX systems as well as in all kinds of multiplexers and concentrators. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 83 General Overview on Architecture and Devices 2 Wires 4 Wires PCM Higway a SLIC b Analog Network Z, B, R, X, G Codec / Filter PCM Interface Problem: Fixed hardware adjustment although line conditions vary considerably General Line Board Structure and Functions ITA00217 General Line Card Function Component SLIC (Subscriber line interface circuit) Function Realization of the BORSHT function B Battery feed O Overvoltage Protection R Ringing S Supervision H Hybrid T Testing Matching of input and line independence Frequency response correction Hybrid balancing Gain adjustment Coding, A/D and D/A conversion according to A-Law and -Law, voice Band limitation according to CCITT and LSSGR Time-slot assignment, PCM-data rate Analog network Z R, X B G CODEC/Filter PCM Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 84 Optimized Line Board Architecture The Siemens Semiconductor concept is characterized by a centralized PCM interface controller device providing the variable Time-Slot Assignment (TSA), the communication with up to 64 subscriber line devices such as a signal processing codec/filter (SICOFI) or ISDN devices via the SLD (Subscriber Line Data) or IOM-2 (ISDN Oriented Modular) interface, and the interface with a microprocessor. As a characteristic architectural feature, for test, monitoring, and control purposes, the device permits efficient switching of data streams between all these interfaces and, therefore, ensures transparency between the PCM channels and control or signaling data. This opens up attractive possibilities such as common-channel signaling and microprocessor access to PCM data. The use of the signal processing codec/filter (SICOFI) avoids the analog network which has to be matched to different requirements by interchanging its discrete components. Based on Digital Signal Processing (DSP) methods the SICOFI allows the complete control of the line conditions by software. The all-over flexibility and programmability of the unique device concept gives the user the capability for designing a standard line card which can be optimized for each application and can be matched to various line conditions. The SLD/IOM-2 architecture leads to a highly modular line board configuration with low wiring, reduced board area, and, dependent on the SLIC being used, very few external discrete components. a SLIC b DSP Codec / Filter SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 HV-SLIC+SLICOFI (R) Circuit Interface PCM Interface Controller Transmit Highway Receive Highway Any Electronic SLIC or Transformer SLD SLD IOM (R) -2 IOM (R) -2 IOM (R) -2 PIC PIC EPIC (R) -S, EPIC (R) -1, ELIC (R) EPIC (R) -S, EPIC (R) -1, ELIC (R) EPIC (R) -S, EPIC (R) -1, ELIC (R) ITA00218 Siemens ICs for Analog Subscriber Lines, Configurations and Interfaces Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 85 SLD/IOM(R)-2 Interface The SLD-bus is used by the PIC (PCM Interface Controller) to interface with the subscriber line devices. A Serial Interface Port (SlP) is used for the transfer of all digital voice and data, feature control and signaling information between the individual subscriber line devices, the PCM highways and the control backplane. The SLD approach provides a common interface for analog or digital per-line components. Through the PIC, which is the key device in the SLD-architecture, the PCM data is transparently switched onto the PCM highways. The PBC (Peripheral Board Controller) will make analog and digital subscriber line boards plug-compatible in a line equipment rack. There are three wires connecting each subscriber line device and the PIC: two common clock signals shared among all devices, and a unique bidirectional data link for each of the eight SIP lines. The Direction signal (DIR) is an 8-kHz clock output from the PIC (master) that serves as a frame sync to the subscriber line devices (slave) as well as a transfer indicator. The data are transferred at a 512-kHz rate, clocked by the Subscriber Clock (SCLK). When DIR is high (first half of the SLD 125 s frame), four bytes of digital data are transmitted on the SLD-bus from the PIC to the slave (receive direction). During the second half of the frame when DIR is low, four bytes of data are transferred from the slave back to the PIC (transmit direction). Channel A and B are 64-kbit/s channels reserved for voice or data to be routed to and from the PCM highways. In an application where one SICOFI is connected to a SIP, voice is received on channel A and transmitted on channel A and B. For a three-party conference, channel B is the third-party voice channel. If two SlCOFls are connected to one SIP, channel A is assigned to one and channel B to the other SICOFI. Conferencing is not possible in this configuration. With digital subscriber line devices the two bytes can be used to carry 64-kbit/s data channels. The third and sixth byte locations are used to transmit and receive control information for programming the slave devices. The last byte in each direction is reserved for signaling data. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 86 SLD/IOM(R)-2 Interface Subscriber Subscriber Line Board DIR SICOFI (R) PEB 2060 PEB 2260 SCLK SIP SLD Bus P PIC PEB 2052 EPIC (R)-1 PEB 2055 Backplan 1 Frame (125 s)-512 kbit / s DIR Receive (downstream) 512 kHz Transmit (upstream) SCLK SIP A B FC S A B FC S ITA00538 Frame Structure of the SLD Interface The lOM(R)-Revision-2 (IOM(R)-2) standard defines an industry standard serial bus for interconnecting telecommunication ICs. The standard covers line card, NT1, and terminal architectures for ISDN and analog loop applications. The line-card mode of IOM-2 provides a connection path between line transceivers (ISDN) and codecs (analog), and the line-card controller; the line card controller provides the connection to the switch backbone. The IOM-2 bus time multiplexes data, control, and status information for up to eight ISDN transceivers or up to 16 codec/filters over a single full-duplex interface. By providing data, control, and status information over a serial channel, the IOM-2 bus eliminates the need to have a microprocessor interface on the transceiver or codec. This reduces pin count and simplifies line-card layout, thus reducing cost. Information is multiplexed into frames, which are transmitted at an 8-kHz rate. The frames are subdivided into from one to eight subframes, with one subframe being dedicated to each transceiver or pair of codecs. The subframes provide channels for data, programming, and status information for a single transceiver or a codec pair. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 87 SLD/IOM(R)-2 Interface The channel structure of the IOM-2 interface is as follows: * The first two octets constitute the two 64-bit/s B-channels. * The third octet is the monitor channel. It is used for the exchange of data between devices using the IOM-2 monitor channel protocol. * The fourth octet (control channel) contains - two bits for the 16-kbit/s D-channel - a four-bit command/indication channel, in ISDN applications or a six bit command/indication channel for analog subscriber applications - two bits MR and MX for supporting the monitor channel protocol. SICOFI (R) -2 PEB 2260 SICOFI (R) -4 PEB 2465 SLICOFI (R) PEB 3065 FSC: DCL: DU: DD: FSC FRAME DCL CLOCK DU D OUT DD D IN D IN D OUT CLOCK FRAME EPIC (R) -1 PEB 2055 EPIC (R) -S PEB 2054 ELIC (R) PEB 20550 Frame Synchronization Data Clock Data Upstream Data Downstream 125 s FSC 8 kHz DCL 512 or 4096 kHz DU IOM CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CH0 DD IOM CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CH0 B1 B2 Monitor C/I MM RX ITS02242 Multiplexed Frame Structure of the IOM(R)-2 Interface Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 88 PCM Interface Controller (PIC) PEB 2052 General Description The PCM Interface Controller (PIC) PEB 2052 is a device for the control of voice, data and signaling paths of up to 16 subscribers on peripheral component boards in digital communication systems. In combination with the highly flexible Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI) PEB 2060/2260 it forms an optimized, analog subscriber line board architecture. Its flexibility enables its operation as a general-purpose controller for data switching and MUX/DEMUX applications. The PIC controls space and time switching functions between subscriber line devices and time division multiplex highways. Furthermore, it controls the flow of information between the subscriber inferface ports and a line card local processor. To meet different requirements the PIC PEB 2052 provides the following interfaces: * Eight serial, bidirectional l/O ports for the transfer of voice, data, control and signaling information between the PBC and codec filters (e.g. SICOFI PEB 2060/2260), digital interface circuits or signal processors. * Double constructed PCM interface for a redundant system configuration with load sharing operation. * Bit-parallel interface for the connection of a standard 8-bit microcomputer such as SAB 8051. Type PEB 2052-N Features Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Board controller for up to 16 subscribers of a digital switching system * Suitable for all PCM systems (24/32/48/64 time-slots) according to European and US standards * SLD-bus to peripheral circuits, e.g. codec filter devices or ISDN components * Time-slot assignment freely programmable for all connected subscribers * P access to all internal data streams including time-slot oriented data streams * All functions software-programmable via a standard P interface * TTL-compatible inputs and outputs, including clock input * Single + 5 V power supply * Advanced low power CMOS technology Applications Telecommunication subscriber board interface controller IC for digital exchange PCM systems performing: * digital exchange functions * digital concentrator functions * signaling and interface control functions * multiplex functions 1 0 Subscriber (SLD Bus) 8 / (16) Signa ling / Contr ol Voice / Data Subscriber Interface Buffer Voice / Data 5 PCM Interface Buffer Highway 0 Highway 1 Microprocessor Interface Data Flow within PIC D0 - D7 V o ic e / 2 3 4 D a ta ITS00383 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 89 Extended PCM Interface Controller - Small (EPIC(R)-S) PEB 2054 General Description Information from subscriber lines needs to be transferred to time-slots on system internal PCM communication highways. The EPIC-S concentrates the circuitry necessary to do this interfacing for a large number of transmission lines on a single IC. Therefore, it is not necessary to repeat this PCM interface circuitry for every line. Applications of the EPIC-S include communications multiplexers, concentrators, central switches, PBXs, as well as peripheral ISDN and analog line cards. Features * PCM interface controller for up to 16 ISDN or 32 analog subscribers * Time-slot assignment freely programmable for all subscribers * Non-blocking switch for 64 channels * Switching of 16-, 32-, 64-kbit/s channels (128 kbit/s via two consecutive 64-kbit/s channels) Type PEB 2054-N PEF 2054-N Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Two serial interfaces: PCM and configurable * Programmable for a wide range of data rates (PCM up to 8 Mbit/s, configurable up to 4 Mbit/s) * Data rates of PCM and configurable interfaces independent of each other (data rate adaption) * Change detection ("last look") logic for C/l or signaling channels * 16-byte FIFO for monitor or feature control channels * Standard P interface with multiplexed address/data bus or separate address and data busses * Advanced low power CMOS technology * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 to 85 C (PEF 2054-N) * Pin compatible with PEB 2055 RES DCL FSC Timing PDC PFS DD0 DU0 Configurable Interface DD1 DU1 Data Memory PCM Interface RxD 0 TxD 0 TSC 0 RxD 1 TxD 1 TSC 1 RxD 2 TxD 2 TSC 2 RxD 3 TxD 3 TSC 3 Control Memory Layer-1 Controller Buffer P Interface Block Diagram AD0-AD7 WR RD CS ALE INT 90 ITB05888 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Extended PCM Interface Controller (EPIC(R)-1) PEB 2055 General Description Information from subscriber lines needs to be transferred to time-slots on system internal PCM communication highways. The EPIC-1 concentrates the circuitry necessary to do this interfacing for a large number of transmission lines on a single IC. Therefore, it is not necessary to repeat this PCM interface circuitry for every line. Since the system cost of the EPIC-1 is divided by the number of lines it controls, powerful and comfortable functions can be economically performed. Features * PCM interface controller for up to 32 ISDN or 64 analog subscribers * Time-slot assignment freely programmable for all subscribers * Non-blocking switch for 128 channels * Switching of 16-, 32-, 64-kbit/s channels (128 kbit/s via two consecutive 64 kbit/s channels) * Two serial interfaces: PCM and configurable (IOM-2, IOM-1, SLD, PCM). Type PEB 2055-N PEF 2055-N Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Interfacing with four full-duplex PCM highways (up to 8 Mbit/s) * Data rates of PCM and configurable interfaces independent of each other * Change detection ("last look") logic for C/l or signaling channels * 16-byte FIFO for monitor or feature control channels * Standard P interface with multiplexed or demultiplexed address/data bus or separate address and data busses * Advanced low power CMOS technology * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 to 85 C (PEF 2055-N) RES DCL / SCLK FSC / DIR Timing PDC PFS DD0 / SIP0 DU0 / SIP4 DD1 / SIP1 DU1 / SIP5 DD2 / SIP2 DU2 / SIP6 DD3 / SIP3 DU3 / SIP7 Configurable Interface Data Memory PCM Interface RxD 0 TxD 0 TSC 0 RxD 1 TxD 1 TSC 1 RxD 2 TxD 2 TSC 2 RxD 3 TxD 3 TSC 3 Control Memory Layer-1 Controller Buffer P Interface Block Diagram AD0-AD7 WR RD CS ALE INT 91 ITB00687 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Extended Line Card Controller (ELIC(R)) PEB 20550 General Description The Extended Line Card Controller (ELIC) PEB 20550-H is a device to allow the control, supervision and processing of voice, data and signaling information. It also provides access for the microcontroller to write/read data to/from the IOM and PCM interfaces and gives control over layer-1 devices. Revolutionary is the multiplexing concept allowing to use only one implemented HDLC controller to process the signaling information for up to 32 digital subscribers. The switching part of the ELIC controls space and times switching functions between subscriber line devices and time division multiplex highways. Furthermore it controls the flow of information between the subscriber interface ports and a processor. For processing signaling information two different HDLC controllers are implemented. The SACCO A is a Serial Access Communication Controller (HDLC) which allows extracting D-Channel information transported on the IOM interface. The data is then passed to the microcontroller. ln the downstream direction, the SACCO A passes data, packed in the HDLC protocol, from the microcontroller to the IOM interface. With 4 IOM interfaces, and 8 digital subscribers possible per interface, former designs needed 32 HDLC controllers (one for the D-channel of every subscriber). The SACCO A of the ELIC can serve all 32 channels in a time-multiplexing manner. This process is controlled by the BUS ARBITER. This part of the ELIC monitors all D-channels of the IOM interface and locks the SACCO A onto one D-channel as soon as the start of a HDLC frame is detected. After the endflag of the HDLC frame has been received, the SACCO A is released again and can lock onto the next D-channel as soon as a new request is detected. During the assignment of the HDLC controller to a certain channel the other subscribers are not allowed to send information on their D-channels. To assure this a blocking mechanism is implemented which indicates to corresponding terminals that they may not use the D-channel. This mechanism works as well for the standard ISDN S0 as for the proprietary UP interface, a two wire ISDN capable interface for PBXs. Any ISDN Telephone can be connected to a PBX because the standard arbitration mechanism is used for blocking the phones. This concept saves the space and the costs of up to 32 HDLC controllers. Due to the bursty characteristic of the signaling data, one HDLC controller is sufficient to process this data flow. For central office applications the ELIC is not recommended when the arbiter is used, as PTTs require transparent D-channels. In this case the SACCO A can be used as an independent HDLC controller. If the design needs higher D-channel data rates additional HDLC controllers (IDEC, PEB 2075) can be connected. This can either be done on the IOM interface and is than fixed for a certain subscriber or via the PCM interface which makes this extra HDLC controller flexibly assignable. Type PEB 20550-H Package P-MQFP-80-1 (SMD) The SACCO B is a second integrated HDLC controller behaving like an external device. It is mainly intended for signaling information between the line card and the group processor on the main board. This can be done either via a dedicated signaling highway or via the PCM highway. The SACCO B can also be used for music on hold, conferencing access and other features. The HDLC information handling between SACCO A and SACCO B always has to go via a microprocessor. Features * Configurable interface (CFI) programmable for IOM-2, IOM-1, SLD or PCM * Switching between configurable interface (e.g. lOM-2) and PCM ports * Switching of 64 B-channels (32 digital or 64 analog subscribers) without blocking (128 x 128 matrix) * Two HDLC controllers with 64-byte FlFOs implemented * Arbiter logic to use one of the HDLC-controllers time multiplexed for a maximum of 32 digital subscribers * Full-duplex signaling protocols (LAPD or proprietary) * HDLC broadcast messages * DMA access to HDLC data * Boundary scan Application Areas * PBX: - analog line cards - digital line cards * CO: - analog line cards (with disabled arbiter) - digital line cards (with disabled arbiter) Interfaces * 4 configurable interfaces (individually programmable for IOM, SLD, PCM) * 4 PCM interfaces (maximum combined data rate of 8 Mbit/s) * P interface (Siemens/lntel and Motorola interface, multiplexed and demultiplexed address/data bus) * Boundary scan (for on-board tests) * DMA interface Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 92 Extended Line Card Controller PEB 20550 Serial Interface Serial Interface Clock / Sync. Clock / Sync. DMA DMA Boundary Scan PCM Highway 0 PCM Highway 1 EPIC (R) -1 PCM Highway 2 PCM Highway 3 D-Channel Arbiter Clock / Sync. Watchdog Timer SACCO Channel B SACCO Channel A Powerup Reset Generator P Interface, Parallel Ports CFI-3 Clock / Sync. CFI-0 CFI-1 CFI-2 ITS05905 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 93 Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)) PEB 2060 General Description The Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI) PEB 2060 is a fully integrated PCM codec (coder-decoder) and transmit/ receive filter produced in advanced CMOS technology for applications in digital exchange telecommunication systems. Based on a digital filter concept the PEB 2060 provides improved transmission performance and high flexibility. It enables the control of the device's analog behavior by digital signal processing, including attractive features such as programmable trans-hybrid balancing, impedance matching, level control and frequency response correction. The device is optimized for working in conjunction with the PCM Interface Controller PEB 2052/55. The analog input signal is A/D converted, digitally filtered and transmitted either PCM-encoded or linear. Antialiasing is done with a 2nd order Sallen-Key Prefilter (PREFI). The A/D Converter (ADC) is a modified slope adaptive interpolative coder with a sampling rate of 128 kHz. Digital downsampling to 8 kHz is done by subsequent decimation filters D1 and D2 together with the PCM bandpass filter (BP). The digital input signal is received PCM encoded or linear, digitally filtered and D/A converted to generate the analog output signal. Digital interpolation up to 128 kHz is done by the PCM lowpass filter (LP) and the interpolation filters l1 and l2. The D/A Converter (DAC) output is fed to the 2nd order Sallen-Key Postfilter (POFI). The high flexibility of the SICOFI is based on a variety of user programmable filter, which are analog gain adjustment AGR and AGX, digital gain adjustment GR and GX, frequency response adjustment R and X, impedance matching filter Z and the trans-hybrid balancing filter B. The SICOFI bridges the gap between analog and digital voice signal transmission in modern telecommunication systems. High performance oversampling Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) provide the conversion accuracy required. An analog antialiasing Prefilter (PREFI) and smoothing Postfilter (POFI) is included. The dedicated on-chip Digital Signal Processor (DSP) handles all the algorithms necessary, e.g. PCM bandpass filtering, sample rate conversion and PCM comparing. The 3-pin serial SLD-Bus interface handles digital voice transmission and SICOFI feature control. Specific filter programming is done by downloading coefficients to the Coefficient RAM (CRAM). The 10-pin parallel signaling interface provides for a powerful per line SLIC control. Type PEB 2060-N PEB 2060-P Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-22-1 (not for new development) Features * Single-chip codec and filter * Band limitation according to CClTT and LSSGR recommendations * Digital signal processing techniques * Digital voice transmission - PCM encoded (A-Law or -Law) - linear (16-bit 2s complement) * Programmable digital filters for - impedance matching - transhybrid balancing - gain - frequency-response correction * Configurable 3-pin serial interface - 512-kHz SLD-Bus (e.g. to PEB 2052/55) - burst mode with bit rates up to 8 MHz * Programmable signaling interface with peripherals (e.g. SLIC) * High performance A/D and D/A conversion * Programmable analog gain * Advanced test capabilities - three digital loopback modes - two analog loopback modes - on-chip sinewave generation * No trimming or adjustment * No external components * Variable SICOFI master clock selection * Signaling expansion possible * Prepared for three-party conferencing * Advanced low power CMOS technology Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 94 Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)) PEB 2060 Signaling SA...SD SI SO 4 A VIN PREFI D Interface 3 3 DIR SCLK SIP S L D B U S DSP D VOUT Block Diagram Coeff. RAM A ITB00635 POFI VIN AGX PREFI A D D1 D2 + GX BP X Comp Transmit Z B SIN SLD Interface SIP DIR SCLK Receive VOUT POFI AGR D A I2 + I1 GR LP R Exp ITS00634 Signal Flow Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 95 Dual Channel Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)-2) PEB 2260 General Description The Dual Channel Codec Filter PEB 2260 (SICOFI-2) is a fully integrated PCM codec and filter fabricated in low power CMOS technology for applications in digital communication systems. Based on an advanced digital filter concept, the PEB 2260 provides excellent transmission performance and high flexibility. The digital signal processing approach includes attractive programmable features such as trans-hybrid balancing, impedance matching, gain and frequency response correction. The SICOFI-2 can be programmed to communicate either with SLD or with IOM-2 compatible PCM-interface controllers (e.g. PEB 2052/54/55). The device bridges the gap between analog and digital voice signal transmission in modern telecommunication systems. A high performance oversampling Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) provide the conversion accuracy required. Analog antialiasing Prefilters (PREFI) and smoothing Postfilters (POFI) are included. The dedicated on-chip Digital Signal Processor (DSP) handles all the algorithms necessary, e.g. PCM bandpass filtering, sample rate conversion and PCM companding. The SLD/lOM-2 interface handles digital voice transmission, SICOFI-2 feature control and access to the SICOFI-2 signaling pins. Specific filter programming is done by downloading coefficients to the Coefficient RAM (CRAM). Type PEB 2260-N PEF 2260-N Features Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) * Dual channel single chip codec and filter * Band limitation according to CCITT and LSSGR recommendations * Digital signal processing techniques * PCM encoded digital voice transmission (A-Law or -Law) * Programmable digital filters for - impedance matching - transhybrid balancing - gain - frequency response correction * SLD- and lOM -2 interface * Programmable signaling interface to peripherals (e.g. SLIC) * High performance A/D and D/A conversion * Programmable analog gain * Advanced test capabilities - three digital loopback modes - two analog loopback modes - two programmable tone generators * No trimming or adjustments * No external components * Advanced low power CMOS technology * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C (PEF 2260-N) A VIN A Channel A D VOUT A POFI A DSP A VIN B Channel B D VOUT B POFI A ITB00385 PREFI D SLD / IOM (R) -2 Interface PREFI D CRAM Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 96 Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)-4) PEB 2465 General Description The Signal Processing Codec Filter (PEB 2465-H), SICOFI-4 is the interface between four analog subscribers and the digital switch. The chip combines all the circuitry needed for encoding, decoding and PCM filtering of 4 speech channels on CMOS chip. An integrated digital signal processor (DSP) allows the analog line card to be adapted to the widest variety of national specifications and applications by programming the individual digital filter functions. A wide variety of SLlCs (subscriber line interface circuits) can be employed and simply adapted. The SICOFI-4 can be used in both, PBXs and public switches. The external configuration does not vary - only decoupling capacitors are needed. Widely differing national specifications can be met with a single hardware by just changing the filter coefficients: Signal level, terminating impedance, equivalent impedance, frequency response correction and the required coding procedure (A- or -Law) are simple to program. Siemens provides well proven software for calculating the required coefficients. The SICOFI-4, together with standard SLlCs, also fulfills the new specification for idle channel noise in the out-of band range, already demanded by Japan and Great Britain. A flexible test concept operating at component level as well as at system level is provided to support users in designing and manufacturing their systems. The following test options are integrated into the SICOFI-4: * BIST (built-in self test) in the digital part * Boundary scan as per IEEE 1149.1 * Functional testing with various test loops * Simple stimulation by two built-in DTMF (Dual Tone Multifrequency) tone generators * Function self test using what is known as the "level metering function" with which not only the chip but also the SLIC connected to it can be tested (system test). The powerful, modular IOM-2 interface implemented on the allows minimal wiring to be used on the board and thereby a low-cost design. A suitable controller (e.g. the ELIC, PEB 20550-H) is used to direct the relevant coefficients for filter programming and the required control signals as well as the voice signals to the SICOFI-4. Signals from the SLIC can be issued by the SICOFI-4 to the IOM-2 interface and read out under interrupt control. This significantly reduces the load on the microcontroller. Type PEB 2465-H Features Package P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) * Codec for four analog subscribers (public switch and PBX) usable towards the trunk and the subscriber * Specification according to relevant CCITT, EIA and LSSGR * IOM-2 interface * Usable with transformer and electronic SLlCs * DSP technology * Adaption to different country specifications with following programmable filters - AC impedance matching (return loss better than 30 dB) - transhybrid balancing (better than 30 dB) - frequency response - gain (steps of 0.05 dB) * Advanced test capabilities * DTMF generator * Level metering function * Boundary scan * Single 5-V power supply Applications PBXs: * 4 analog lines for subscribers and trunks CO: * Interface for four analog subscribers Interfaces * * * * 4 x t/r interface IOM-2 interface Eight l/O signaling pins per channel Boundary scan Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 97 Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)-4) PEB 2465 D HW-Filter A A Analog IN D DSP D HW-Filter A A Analog IN D HW-Filter Analog OUT HW-Filter Analog OUT D A A D D A A D Analog IN Analog OUT Analog IN Analog OUT Command Indication Command Indication Signaling IOM (R) -2 Signaling Command Indication Command Indication ITS05889 Signaling IOM (R) -2 Bus Signaling Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 98 Signal Processing Codec Filter (SICOFI(R)-4 C) PEB 2466 General Description The PEB 2466 SICOFI-4 C, is a programmable codec with filter functions for four channels. Due to an advanced digital filter concept based on a DSP, analog line cards can be easily adopted to different country specifications and SLICs. The device can be directly connected to two PCM highways at flexible data rates. The coefficients to modify gain, frequency response, transhybrid loss and impedance matching are calculated via a specific software (QSICOS) and send to the codec, for each channel individually, via the microcontroller interface. Applications * * * * * * . Analog line cards for CO and PBXs Fiber to the curb applications Access networks and multiplexers Set-top-boxes PCM4/PCM8 systems Intelligent NTs Type PEB 2466-H Features Package P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) * Four channel single chip codec and filter * Specifications according to the relevant CCITT, EIA and LSSGR recommendations * Programmable digital filters for adapting transmission behaviour according to different country specifications - AC impedance matching - Transhybrid balancing - Frequency response - Gain - a/-Law expansion/compression * Programmable interface to electronic SLICs and transformer solutions * Two flexible programmable PCM interfaces (data rate from 128 kbit/s up to 8192 kbit/s) * Serial microcontroller interface * High analog driver capability (300 , 50 pF) * Very low power dissipation (typ. 35 mW/channel) * Two programmable tone generators (DTMF possible) * Level metering function for testing of analog input signals * 7 SLIC-signaling interfaces per channel (programmable debouncing) * Single power supply of 5 V (allows to get rid of the - 5 V supply) * P-MQFP-64 package 4 x Analog I / O SICOFI (R) -4-C 7 x Signaling ch 1 7 x Signaling ch 2 7 x Signaling ch 3 7 x Signaling ch 4 Interrupt Channel 1/2 Interrupt Channel 3/4 PCM Highway A Transmit PCM Highway A Receive PCM Highway B Transmit PCM Highway B Receive C Interface ITB08487 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 99 Kit (HV-SLIC and SLICOFI(R)) PEB 3065 PEB 4065 PEB 3065 (SLICOFI(R)) General Description The Signal Processing Subscriber Line Interface Codec Filter SLICOFI is a logic continuation of the well established family of the Siemens DSP Codec-Filter ICs with the vertical integration of all DC-feeding, supervision and PL meterpulse injection features on-chip as well. Fabricated in a standard 1 m BiCMOS technology the SLICOFI is tailored for very flexible solutions in digital communication systems. For the first time the SLICOFI uses the benefits of a DSP not only for the voice channel but even for line feeding and supervision which leads to a very high flexibility without the need for external components. Based on an advanced digital filter concept, the PEB 3065 provides excellent transmission performance. The new filter concept leads to a maximum of independence between the different filter blocks. Each filter block can be seen as a one to one representative of the corresponding network element. Together with the software package SLICOS, filter optimizing to different applications can be done in a clear and straight forward procedure. The AC frequency behaviour is mainly determined by the digital filters. Using the new oversampling 1-bit -AD/DA converter, linearity is only limited by second order parasitic effects. The new - digital - solution of line feeding offers free programmability of feeding current and voltage as well as very fast settling of the DC operating point after transitions. A 0.4-Hz lowpass filter in the DC loop is mainly responsible for the system stability. Additionally telefax generation and filtering is implemented as well as free programmable (balanced) ring generation with zero crossing injection. Offhook detection with programmable thresholds is possible in all operating modes. To reduce overall power consumption of the line card, the SLICOFI provides a special mode called Power Denial where offhook is done via two high voltage inputs (VLINE) directly connected to the line since the HV-SLIC is switched off. Type PEB 3065-N PEF 3065-N Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) PEB 3065 (SLICOFI(R)) Features * Single chip CODEC and FILTER including all LOW VOLTAGE SLIC functions * Only few external components required * No trimming or adjustments required * Specification according to relevant CCITT, LSSGR and DBP recommendations * Digital signal processing technique * Advanced low power 1 m BiCMOS technology * PCM encoded digital voice transmission (A-Law or -Law) * Four pin serial IOM-2 interface * High performance A/D and D/A conversion * Programmable digital filters for - impedance matching - transhybrid balancing - frequency response - gain * Advanced test capabilities - integrated line and circuit tests - 6 digital loops - 5 analog loops - two programmable tone generators * Optimized HV-SLIC interface * Fully digital programmable DC characteristic - programmable constant current from 0 - 70 mA - programmable resistive values from 0 - 2 x 500 * Programmable integrated Teletax injection and filtering during conversation and onhook - programmable up to 125 mVrms (5 Vrms at a/b wire) programmable frequency 12/16 kHz * Polarity reversal (programmable soft or hard) * Integrated (balanced) ringing generation with zero crossing injection - programmable frequency between 16.6 and 70 Hz - Programmable amplitude up to 2.125 Vrms (85 Vrms at a/b wire) * Four operating modes: power-denial, power-down, active and ringing * Offhook detection with programmable thresholds for all operating modes * Integrated ring trip detection with zero crossing turn off function * Ground start and loop start possible * Integrated checksum calculation for CRAM * Line card identification * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C (PEF 3065-N) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 100 U/T (HV-SLIC and SLICOFI(R)) PEB 3065 PEB 4065 PEB 4065 (HV-SLIC) General Description The High Voltage Subscriber Line IC PEB 4065 is a rugged and reliable interface between the telephone line and the SLICOFI, a low voltage Subscriber Line Interface and Codec Filter IC. The PEB 4065 is fabricated in a Smart Power Technology offering a breakthrough voltage of at least 170 V. The PEB 4065 provides battery feeding between - 24 V and - 80 V and internal ringing injection with a differential ring voltage up to 85 Vrms. In order to achieve these high amplitudes an auxiliary positive battery voltage is used during ringing. This voltage can also be applied in order to drive very long telephone lines. The HV-SLIC is designed for a voltage feeding current sensing line interface concept and provides sensing of transversal and longitudinal current on both wires. There is a power-down mode reducing power consumption while providing all supervision functions and a power-denial mode where the device is switched off turning the line outputs to a high impedance state. Type PEB 4065-T PEF 4065-T Package P-DSO-20-5 (SMD) P-DSO-20-5 (SMD) PEB 4065 (HV-SLIC) Features * * * * * * High voltage line feeding Internal ring and metering signal injection Sensing of transversal and longitudinal line current Reliable 170 V Smart Power Technology Battery voltage - 24 V...- 80 V Boosted battery mode for long telephone Iines and up to 85 Vrms balanced ringing * Polarity reversal * Small P-DSO-20-5 power package * Also available with extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C (PEF 4065-T) Customer Line Central Office SLICOFI TM PEB 3065 Hybrid for Telefax Filter 170 V HV-SLIC PEB 4065 5 V LV-SLIC SICOFI (R) IOM (R) -2 Hybrid for External Indication ITS05982 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 101 Digital Line Cards ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit IEC-Q; PEB 2091 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 103 Digital Line Cards Product Overview Type PEB 2026 PEF 2026 PEB 2070 PEB 2075 PEB 2080 PEB 2081 PEB 2084 PEB 2091 PEB 20901 PEB 20902 PEB 24901 PEB 24902 PEF 24902 PEB 24911 PEF 24911 PEB 2095 PEB 2096 PEB 2025 PEB 20560 PEB 2054 PEB 2055 PEB 20550 SAB 82525 SAB 82526 PEB 2085 PEB 2086 Short Title IHPC ICC IDEC SBC SBCX QUAT(R)-S IEC-Q IEC-T Quad IEC DFE-T Quad IEC AFE Quad IEC DFE-Q IBC OCTAT -P IEPC DOC EPIC -1 EPIC -S ELIC(R) HSCX HSCX1 ISAC(R)-S (R) (R) (R) (R) Function ISDN High Voltage Power Controller ISDN Communications Controller ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller (4 channel) S-Bus Interface Circuit S/T-Bus Interface Circuit Extended Quadruple Transceiver for S/T Interfaces ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (2B1Q-line code) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (4B3T-line code) Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Digital Front End (4B3T) Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit Analog Front End Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Digital Front End (2B1Q) ISDN Burst Transceiver Circuit Octal Transceiver for UPN interfaces ISDN Exchange Power Controller DSP Oriented PBX Controller Extended PCM Interface Controller Extended PCM Interface Controller-Small Extended Line Card Interface Controller High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended ISDN Subscriber Access Controller Page 106 107 109 110 111 112 113 114 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 90 91 92 162 61 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 104 Digital Exchange Systems General Overview on Architecture and Devices t/r Subscriber Units Analog Line Cards Switching Systems MTSS MTSC MTSL MUSAC TM -A EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ELIC (R) HSCX ESCC2 / 8 MUNICH32 Group Processors DAML t / r DAML-RT U t/r t/r DAML-COT t / r SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 SLICOFI (R) SLIC HV-SLIC PIC EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX DOV t/r t/r Digital Line Cards U (Basic Rate) SBC SBCX QUAT (R) -S ISAC (R) -S IEC-T IEC-Q IBC OCTAT (R) -P EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ICC IDEC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX IEPC Trunk Units ACFA IPAT (R) -2 HSCX PRISM ESCC2 ESCC8 FALC TM 54 S/T U U Transmission Exchange Concentrator Multiplexer (Primary Rate) ACFA IPAT (R) -2 PRACT PRISM HSCX FALC TM 54 ESCC2 / 8 PCM Highway S NT RPT ITA03688 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 105 ISDN High Voltage Power Controller (IHPC) PEB 2026 General Description The IHPC is an integrated power controller especially designed for feeding two-wire ISDN-transmission lines. One line can be powered by one IHPC. An external resistor defines the value of the current-limit for the line. Powering can be switched on or off by the logic inputs "PFEN" and "PFENQ". With a logic low at the "APFI" output the IHPC signals that current-limiting is active; this signal is low-pass filtered. An external capacitor defines the corner frequency of this low-pass filter and the resulting delay time respectively. A second external capacitor is needed to make sure that longitudinal disturbance (AC) will not produce a current limiting effect. Line current-limiting and reducing this limiting level in case of overtemperature guards the IHPC against overloads. Type PEB 2026T-P PEB 2026T-S PEF 2026T-P PEF 2026T-S Features * * * * Package P-DSO-20-10 (SMD) P-DSO-20-6 (SMD) P-DSO-20-10 (SMD) P-DSO-20-6 (SMD) Battery voltage up to 130 V Supplies power for one transmission line Current limiting and chip temperature control Limiting current can be programmed by an external resistor * Automatically reduced feeding current in case of overtemperature * Reliable 170 V Smart Power Technology (SPT 170) * Small P-DSO-20 package CP GND B 5 RB PFEN PFENQ APFI TP TL DP OP I-SENS + V DD C HP CN I AC V REF REF Bandgap I REF C TP GND D CTP 1 TI I TH=PROT TH-PROT RA I Limit 4 + 4 k ITB07375 V BAT Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 106 ISDN Layer-2 Protocol Controllers ISDN Communications Controller (ICC) PEB 2070 General Description While the IOM structure supports high flexibility with respect to layer-1 of data transmission, the ISDN communications controller can be used in all applications for link access protocol control. This is of great importance regarding production volume, software continuity and engineering effort necessary for the use of the complex circuit. For further reduction of software, high-level layer-2 support has been a main target of circuit definition. D-channel protocol handling is the main task of the ICC. Its characteristic features are determined by an on-chip LAPD controller and a sophisticated FlFO-structure. The LAPD controller performs multiframe operation largely autonomously with a window size of 1. All S- and l-frames, including the address and control fields, are evaluated in the ICC. Depending on the status of the controller, positive or negative acknowledgements are generated without interrupting the CPU. When the procedure is terminated, an interrupt status is generated to inform the CPU of the status of the procedure. To enable the ICC device to be used in complex protocol applications with window size of up to 7, a transparent mode is implemented. In this mode the layer-2 headers are transferred transparently to the CPU. The synchronization of the 16-kbit/s D-channel with the CPUbus is performed by buffers with a capacity of 64 bytes per direction. Sophisticated buffer controllers allow overlapping input/output operation, which ensures that the maximum packet length is not limited by the buffer size. This feature greatly reduces the dynamic load of the microprocessor system. Type PEB 2070-N PEB 2070-P PEF 2070-N Features Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-24-1 (not for new designs) P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) * High-level support of LAPD-protocol * FlFO-buffer (64 bytes per direction) for efficient transfer of D-channel messages * IOM interface compatible (IOM-1 or IOM-2) * Standard parallel microprocessor interface * Support of activation/deactivation procedure * Variety of operating modes * P access to B-channels and IOM-intercommunication channels * Control of peripheral devices via IOM Monitor and C/lchannel protocols * 2-m CMOS technology and low power consumption: Standby: 2 mW Active: 4 mW at 512 kHz Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 107 ISDN Communications Controller (ICC) PEB 2070 DCL FSC Timing Unit B-Channel Switching SSI (Serial Port A) SLD SDAR SDAX / SDS1 SCA / FSD / SDS2 SIP / EAW IDP0 IDP1 IOM (R) (Serial Port B) HDLC Receiver HDLC Transmitter LAPD Controller Status / Command Registers R-FIFO 2 x 32 byte X-FIFO 2 x 32 byte FIFO Controller RES V SS V DD P-Interface AD0 - AD7 (D0 - D7) (A0 - A5) RD (DS) WR (R / W) ALE ITB00704 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 108 ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller (IDEC(R)) PEB 2075 General Description With the IOM-2 interface, designers have more flexibility with respect to handling of D-channel information. Layer-1 transceivers are connected over the IOM-2 interface directly to either the PEB 2055 (EPIC-1) or the PEB 2054 (EPIC-S). These devices are capable of switching not only the B-channels but also the D-channel. Thus, the designer can decide whether he wants to process D-channel signaling information decentralized, on the line card, or pass it through to be processed centrally. The IDEC has been optimized for processing the D-channel signaling information on digital exchange line cards. Four independent HDLC controllers have been implemented on a single IC. Thus, one IDEC can handle the D-channels of up to four subscriber lines. The IDEC is based on the same core architecture as the PEB 2070 ICC, but has been optimized for exchange line cards and then repeated four times. Type PEB 2075-N PEB 2075-P PEF 2075-N Features * * * * * * Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-28-1 (not for new designs) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) Four independent HDLC channels 64-byte FIFO buffering per channel and direction Handling of basic HDLC functions Single or quad connection to serial transmission lines IOM- or PCM interfaces Programmable time-slots and channel data rates (up to 4 Mbit/s) * Collision detection and resolution circuitry for shared time-slots * 8-bit parallel P interface with vector interrupt * Advanced low power CMOS technology: 50 mW CDR SD0X SD0R SD1X SD1R SD2X SD2R SD3X SD3R Serial Interface Logic DCL FSC TSC Timing Switching Collision Control Timing Switching Collision Control Timing Switching Collision Control Timing Switching Collision Control HDLC Receiver Transmitter HDLC Receiver Transmitter HDLC Receiver Transmitter HDLC Receiver Transmitter RFIFO XFIFO RFIFO XFIFO RFIFO XFIFO RFIFO XFIFO Microcontroller Interface 8 Block Diagram ITB00728 INT AD0 - AD7 RD WR CS ALE RES Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 109 ISDN Layer-1 Transceivers S-Bus Interface Circuit (SBC) PEB 2080 General Description The four-wire S-interface between subscriber terminals and network termination has been standardized by CCITT recommendation I.430. Making use of a passive bus which provides separate receiver and transmit loops operating at 192-kbit/s, up to eight terminals can be connected to the network termination. In case more than one terminal want to access the bus at the same time, a procedure is provided for resolving the collision problem. Since all layer-1 functions such as frame structure, data rate, power feeding, transceiver characteristics, activation/deactivation and subscriber access procedure are well defined, the S-bus can be considered an important tool for standardization of data communication equipment. It supports connections with a maximum length of 1 km in a point to-point and 150 m in a point-to-multipoint bus configuration. The SBC is designed to meet all CClTT requirements, and, moreover, implements additional features necessary in specific applications. The device contains the transceiver function, timing recovery for the different modes of operation, circuitry for the collision resolution function and a state control block to handle the activation/deactivation procedures autonomously without the support of a microprocessor. A flexible buffer structure performs the frame-alignment function in PBX-trunk applications, where the system clock deviates from the central office clock derived from the line. Matching of the actual line attenuation is supported by receiver circuitry which contains adaptively adjustable thresholds. Type PEB 2080-N PEB 2080-P PEF 2080-N Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-22-1 (not for new designs) P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) Not for new development. For new development use the SBCX (PEB 2081) Features * S-bus transceiver according to CCITT I.430 * Recovery of clock and frame signals in different modes of application. * Frame alignment for trunk module application * IOM interface compatible (IOM-1) * Handling of command/indication information during the activation/deactivation procedure * Switching of test loops * Control of bus access by echo-bit handling * Wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Several operating modes including trunk applications with frame alignment * 2-m CMOS technology and low power consumption: Standby: 4 mW Active: max. 60 mW at 512 kHz R REF SX1 SX2 AMI BIN Buffer SDI D-CH Control 3 Mode SY1 SY2 AMI BIN Buffer TCLK PLL RCLK 4 SDO Special Purpose DCL FSC CP ITB03957 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 110 S/T-Bus Interface Circuit Extended (SBCX) PEB 2081 General Description The PEB 2081 S/T-Bus Interface Circuit Extended (SBCX) implements the four-wire S/T interface used to link voice/data ISDN terminals, network terminators (NT) and PBX-trunk lines to a Central Office exchange. The components switches B- and D-channels between the S/T and the ISDN Oriented Modular (IOM-2) interfaces, the latter being a standard backplane interface for the ISDN-basic access. The SBCX exceeds both the electrical and functional requirements of the S/T interface in order to provide high flexibility to the user. Applications * * * * Network terminators (NT and NT2) S0 multiplexer cards S0 line cards for ISDN-trunk lines Voice/Data Terminals, ISDN-PC Cards Type PEB 2081-N Features * * * * * * * * * * * * Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) 1-channel S/T transceiver Full duplex 2+D S/T transceiver according to CCITT I.430 Extended loop length up to 2 km Activation and deactivation procedures according to CCITT I.430 Fully compliant NT2 trunk mode including multipoint operation Frame alignment with absorption of phase wander in NT2 network side applications Receive timing recovery for point-to-point, passive bus and extended passive bus configuration Access to S- and Q-bits of S/T interface (S1-, S2- and Q-channel) D-channel access control also in trunk applications Execution of test loops Conversion of frame structure between S/T interface and IOM-2 Advanced CMOS technology with low power consumption (standby < 6 mW, active 80 mW) FSC DCL SX 1 SX 2 Transmit Buffer D-Channel Control SR 1 SR 2 DPLL Receive Buffer IOM (R) Interface Logic IPD 1 IPD 0 Activation Control E/Q Bit Handler ITB03958 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 111 Quadruple S/T-Transceiver (QUAT(R)-S) PEB 2084 General Description The PEB 2084, QUAT-S, implements 4 x four-wire S/T interfaces used to link ISDN terminals to PBXs or PBX to NTs. The component switches B- and D-channels between the S/T and the ISDN Oriented Modular (IOM-2) interfaces, the latter being a standard backplane interface for the ISDNbasic access. Each of the four S/T-channels implemented in the device can be individually assigned for S0- or T interface. Applications * * * * Digital line cards for ISDN subscribers Digital line cards for ISDN-trunk lines Multiplexers Set-top-boxes Type PEB 2084-H Features Package P-MQFP-44-1 (SMD) * 4-channel S/T transceiver * Full duplex 2B+D S/T transceiver according to CCITT I.430, ETSI 300.012 and ANSI T1.605 * Receive timing recovery according to selected operating mode * Conversion of frame structure between S/T interface and IOM-2 * Access to S- and Q-bits of S/T interface * Execution of test loops * Support of star configurations (external common echo bit) * Support of D-channel collision resolution in trunk mode * Full support of arbiter concept of the ELIC (PEB 20550) * Support of synchronization of cordless applications * Low power consumption (< 100 mW) * Loop length > 1.5 km * JTAG-boundary scan test interface * P-MQFP-44 package R0 T0 S/T Transceiver 0 Clock Generator CLK 1 / IDS CLK 2 R1 T1 S/T Transceiver 1 IOM (R) -2 Interface FSC DCL IDI IDO CEB / SSYNC DRDY ICS R2 T2 S/T Transceiver 2 R3 T3 S/T Transceiver 3 JTAG ITB08490 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 112 ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit (IEC-Q) PEB 2091 General Description The PEB 2091, IEC-Q, is a single chip full-duplex U-transceiver device meeting the latest American- (ANSI) and European (ETSI) specifications. It is based on a coding scheme reducing two binary information into a single quaternary code. This coding requires a reduced transmission rate of only 80 kbaud on a twisted copper pair, minimizing signal attenuation and guaranteeing the highest transmission rate of all defined U-interface standards. The PEB 2091 was defined to operate in all ISDN (Line cards, Network Terminators, Terminals, PBXs and Repeaters) and non-lSDN (DAML) applications. Features * Full-duplex two-wire U-transceiver meeting the following layer-1 specifications: ANSI T1.601-1991 CNET ST/LAA/ELR/DNP/822 ETSI DTR/TM 3002 Recommendation CCITT, G961 * 144-kbit/s user bit rate (2B+D) * 160-kbit/s total bit rate including maintenance and synchronization * Low transmission frequency of 80 kbaud by using the 2B1Q-block line code * IOM interface compatible * Adaptive echo cancellation and equalization using digital filtering Type PEB 2091-N PEF 2091-N Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Recovery of clock and frame signals from * the data stream * Handling of command/indication information during activation/deactivation procedure * Switching of test loops * Wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Several operating modes including trunk applications with frame alignment (LT, NT, TE, Repeater) * Transmission range of 5.5 km (18 kft) with 0.4 mm (26 AWG) wire * U-only activation * Power feeding control * Repeater mode * Echo overload compensation to match ETSI and ANSI test loops * Dynamic phase adaptation * 1-m CMOS technology standby: 70 mW active: 350 mW AIN BIN A D Level Detect Adaptive Amplifier, Equatizer & Echo Canceller U-Interface Receive Formatter 2B + D U-Interface Receive Formatter IOM (R) Interface FSC DCL DOUT DIN XTAL1 XTAL2 Oscillator PLL Timing Recovery & Generator AOUT BOUT D A Mode Control Microprocessor Interface PMODE IEC-Q Block Diagram MPU Interface or Mode Select ITB03960 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 113 ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit (IEC-T) PEB 20901 PEB 20902 General Description The most challenging requirement in ISDN is full-duplex transmission at a data rate of 144 kbit/s over the existing twisted-pair telephone cables (U-interface). Among several approaches for solving this problem, ping-pong timecompression multiplexing and echo cancellation have been proposed as most suitable for VLSI implementation. Moreover, echo cancellation has proven to be the best method for public lines which typically reach lengths in the range of 8 km. After a careful study of different transmission codes, a 4B3T block code was chosen for the IEC-T which make use of ternary coding of the binary information. A particular advantage of this code is its low frequency, DC-free performance spectrum with its energy peak at about 40 kHz. In this context, for a bit rate of 160 kbit/s the required baud rate is as low as 120 kHz. As a result transmission systems benefit from, low line attenuation low crosstalk distortion and high possible signal levels without causing EMI-problems. The IEC-T is offered as a two chip solution consisting of: * Digital part, called PEB 20901 * Analog part, called PEB 20902 Type PEB 20901-N PEB 20901-P PEF 20902-N PEB 20902-P PEF 20901-N PEF 20902-N Features Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-1 (not for new designs) P-LCC-28-2 (SMD) P-DIP-24-1 (not for new designs) P-LCC-28-2 (SMD) P-LCC-28-2 (SMD) * Full-duplex two-wire U-transceiver * 144-kbit/s user bit rate (2B+D) * 160-kbit/s total bit rate including maintenance and synchronization * Low transmission frequency of 120 kbaud by using the 4B3T-ternary block code * Adaptive echo cancellation and equalization using digital filtering (DSP) * Recovery of clock and frame signals from the data stream * IOM-1 interface compatible * Transmission range up to 8 km with 0.6-mm wires * Handling of command/indication information during activation/deactivation procedure * Switching of test loops * Wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Several operating modes including trunk applications with frame alignment * 2-m CMOS technology for PEB 20902, 1- technology for PEB 20901 * 320-mW power consumption * Repeater mode with no external devices Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 114 ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit (IEC-T) PEB 20901 PEB 20902 B+B+D 144 kbit / s Scrambler Coder MM 943 Frame MUX Pulse / Shaping D/A Post Filter M Barker Code, Syn Word Gen. SDI SDO CLK TMS M IOM (R) Interface Unit Coeff. Read Control Awake Unit 7.5 kHz U k0 Timing Gen. Timing Recovety Coeff. Adapter Echo Canceller Hybrid Coeff. Adapter Code Error Decoder Descrambler DEMUX Equalizer Receiver Detector Dig. AGC Dig. Add. Dig. BP A D ITB03959 B+B+D 144 kbit / s Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 115 4 Channel ISDN Echo-Cancellation Digital Front End (Quad IEC DFE-T) PEB 24901 Advanced Information General Description The PEB 24901 4 Channel ISDN Echocancellation Digital Front End (Quad IEC DFE-T) is the digital part of an optimized ISDN 4B3T U-interface line card chip set. It features 4 independent digital signal processors providing, in conjunction with the PEB 24902 ISDN Quad Analog Front End (Quad IEC AFE), full duplex data transmission at the Uk0-reference point according to FTZ Guideline 1TR 220, ETSI ETR80 and CCITT I.430 standards. The PEB 24901/ 24902 chip set is based on the PEB 20901/20902 IEC-T ISDN U-transceiver chip set. The PEB 24901 comes in a P-MQFP-64 package. Features * Full duplex transmission and reception of the Uk0-interface signals according to the FTZ Guideline 1 TR 220 of the Deutsche Bundespost Telekom (DBPT). - 144-kbit/s user bit rate over standard local telephone loops - 1-kbit/s maintenance channel for transmission of data loop back commands and detected transmission errors - 4B3T-ternary block code (subscriber line symbol rate 120 kbaud) - Monitoring of transmission errors - Subscriber loop length without repeater: up to 4.2 km on 0.4 mm wire up to 8.0 km on 0.6 mm wire * Adaptive echo-cancellation * Adaptive equalization * Automatic polarity adaption Type PEB 24901 Package P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) * Clock recovery (frame and bit synchronization) * Transposition of ternary to binary data and vice versa (coding, decoding, scrambling, descrambling, phase adaption) * Built-in wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Acvtivation and deactivation procedure according to CCITT I.430 and to FTZ Guideline 1 TR 210 of the DBPT * Optimized for working in conjunction with telecom ICs as the IDEC (PEB 2075), EPIC (PEB 2055) and ELIC (PEB 20550) via IOM-2 interface * Data speed conversion between the Uk0 frames and the IOM-2 frames. Absorption of received phase-wander of up to 18 s peak-to-peak (CCITT Rec. Q.512) * Handling of commands and indications contained in the IOM-2 C/I-channel for activation, deactivation, supervision of power supply unit and equipment for wire testing * IOM-2 system interface * Data availability via the Monitor channel: - Accumulated RDS-transmission errors for the whole Uk0 link - Echo canceller coefficients and status values, which can be used to indicate the state of the Uk0 interface * Switching of an analog test loop at the Uk0 interface for testing (loop in LT) * Remote control of test loop switching via maintenance channel * 4 relay driver pins per port addressable by Monitor command * 2 status pin per port reporting to the Monitor channel * JTAG-boundary scan path IOM (R) - 2 JTAG - Boundary Scan 4 U - Interfaces TDI TDO TMS TCK DOUT DIN DCL SDX SDR TDI TDO TMS TCK HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID PEB 24901 Quad IEC DFE - T 15.36 MHz PEB 24901 Quad IEC AFE PDM 0 ... 3 FSC 15.36 MHz Four Channel LT Application ITL08609 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 116 Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit Analog Front End (Quad IEC AFE) PEB 24902 Advanced Information General Description The PEB 24902 Quad IEC AFE (Quadruple ISDN Echocancellation Circuit Analog Front End) is part of a 2B1Q or 4B3T ISDN U-transceiver chip set. Up to four lines can be accessed simultaneously by the Quad IEC AFE. The Quad IEC AFE is optimized to work in conjunction with the PEB 24901 Quad IEC DFE-T and the PEB 24911 Quad IEC DFE-Q. An integrated PLL synchronizes the 15.36-MHz master clock onto the 8-kHz or 2048-kHz PTT clock. This specification describes the functionallity for 2B1Q and 4B3T interfaces. Type PEB 24902 PEF 24902 Features * * * * * * * * * Package P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) Digital to analog conversion (transmit pulse) Output buffering Analog to digital conversion Detection of signal on the line Master clock generation by PLL P-MQFP-64 package Compliant to ANSI T1.601 (1992), ETSI ETR 080 (1995) JTAG-boundary scan path compliant to IEEE 1149.1 Extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C available (PEF 24902) DFE Interface Digital Interface D A Buffer Trafo Hybrid Analog IN / Out Level A D Voltage Reference Common PLL D A Buffer Trafo Hybrid Level A D Analog IN / Out Voltage Reference ITB07132 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 117 Quad ISDN 2B1Q Echocanceller Digital Front End (Quad IEC DFE-Q) PEB 24911 Advanced Information General Description The PEB 24911 Quad ISDN 2B1Q Echocanceller Digital Front End (Quad IEC DFE-Q) is the digital part of an optimized ISDN 2B1Q U-interface line card chip set. It features 4 independent digital signal processors providing, in conjunction with the PEB 24902 ISDN Quad Analog Front End, full duplex data transmission at the Uk0-reference point according to ANSI T1.601, ETSI ETR80, CCITT G.961 and CNET ST/LAA/ELR/DNP/822 standards. The PEB 24911/ PEB 24902 chip set is based on the PEB 2091 IEC-Q V4.4 single chip ISDN U-transceiver. The IEC-Q V4.4 is approved by Bellcore. The PEB 24911 comes in a P-MQFP-64 package. Features * Full duplex transmission and reception at the U-reference point compliant to: ANSI T1.601-1992, CNET ST/LAA/ELR/DNP/822, ETSI ETR 080 1993. * Recommendation CCITT, G.961 * 144-kbit/s user bit rate over a two-wire subsriber loop * 2B1Q-block code (2 binary, 1 quaternary) * 80-kHz symbol rate * Activation and deactivation procedure * Meets transmission requirements for loop #1 through loop #15 of ANSI`s 15 telephone plant test loops * Meets transmission requirements for loop #1 through #6 of CNET's 6 telephone plant test loops Type PEB 24911 PEF 24911 Package P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) P-MQFP-64-1 (SMD) * Meets transmission requirements for loop #1 through #8 of ETSI's 8 telephone plant test loops * Built-in wake-up unit for activation from power-down state * Adaptive echo-cancellation * Adaptive equalization * Automatic polarity adaption * Clock recovery (frame and bit synchronization) in all applications * Automatic gain control * Low power consumption * Extended temperature range - 40 C to 85 C available (PEF 24911) * U-interface propagation delay measurement with better than 300-ns resolution * LT-PBX mode allowing D-channel arbitration and synchronization of DECT-base stations * IOM-2 system interface * 4 relay driver pins per port addressable by Monitor command * 2 status pins per port reporting to the Monitor channel * Activation procedure with the 15 s limit disabled to cope with regenerators * JTAG-boundary scan path IOM (R) -2 DOUT DIN DCL FSC PEB 24911 IEC QUAD DFE-Q TDI TDO TMS TCK PDM 0 ... 3 SDX SDR 15.36 MHz PEB 24902 IEC QUAD AFE TDI TDO TMS TCK 8 U-Interface HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID JTAGBoundary Scan 15.36 MHz TDI TDO TMS TCK PEB 24911 IEC QUAD DFE-Q 8 Channel LT Application SDX SDR PDM 0 ... 3 TDI TDO TMS TCK HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID HYBRID ITS06906 PEB 24902 IEC QUAD AFE Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 118 ISDN Burst Transceiver Circuit (IBC) PEB 2095 General Description In addition to four-wire S-interface terminals, the IOM architecture also supports two-wire terminals for PBX applications. A survey of PBX-loop conditions demonstrates that typically 95% of the subscriber loops show line lengths below 2 km. Therefore, a more economical solution which is optimized to these shorter loop lengths is required. A time-compression multiplex concept has been chosen which - for separation of direction - divides the framing into a transmit and receive section. Taking synchronization bits and line conditions into account, a clock rate of 384 kbit/s, twice as high as for the S-bus, has been found to be optimal with respect to time compression, interference line attenuation and delay. The transceiver uses AMI coding, scrambling, automatic gain control and f-equalizing to obtain excellent transmission quality. From a system point of view, the lOM-compatible IBC is compatible with the IEC or SBC/SBCX as well as with the EPIC/ELIC and the IDEC on digital line card applications. Similar to the other components, the device is designed in 2m CMOS technology resulting in low power consumption of less than 80 mW in the active state. Type PEB 2095-N PEB 2095-P Features Package P-LCC-28-2 (SMD) P-DIP-24-1 (not for new designs) * Half-duplex burst-mode two-wire transceiver * 144-bit/s user bit rate (B+B+D) * 384-kHz line clock rate including maintenance and synchronization * UP0 interface, industry standard for 2-wire PBXs (AMI-line code) * IOM-interface compatible (IOM-1 or IOM-2) * Adaptive line equalization (SC filter) * Recovery of clock and frame signals from data stream * Activation/deactivation procedure according to CClTT recommendation * Awake in power-down mode * Switching of test loops * Transmission range up to 3.5 km with 0.6-mm wire * 2-m CMOS technology * Low power consumption Active: 80 mW (typ.) Power-down: 6 mW (typ.) Equalization Filter DPLL DCL FSC D-Channel f Decoder B1 B2 Descrambler SDI Buffer SDO D-Channel AGC Equalizer Control Coder B1 U Block Diagram B2 Scrambler ITB00815 IOM (R) /SLD Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 119 Octal Transceiver for UPN Interfaces (OCTAT(R)-P) PEB 2096 General Description The PEB 2096, OCAT-P, performs the layer-1 functions of the ISDN basic access for eight UPN interfaces at the LT side of the PBX. Applications PBXs 8 x UPN interfaces Interfaces * IOM-2 interface * 8 x UPN interface * Boundary scan (for on-board tests) Type PEB 2096 Features Package P-MQFP-44-1 (SMD) * Eight full duplex 2B+D UPN-interface transceivers, each equipped with the following functions: - Conversion from/to binary to/from pseudo-ternary code - Receive timing recovery - Activation/deactivation procedures, triggered by primitives received over the IOM interface or by INFO received from the line (e.g. detection of INFO1) - Execution of test loops - Analog line transceiver for up to 16-dB line attenuation - UPN-interface functions compatible to PEB 2095, IBC, and PEB 20950, ISAC-P (except for looplength) - UPN interface fully compatible to PSB 2196, ISAC-P TE, and PSB 2197, SmartLink-P * IOM-2 interface * Support for JTAG-boundary scan test * 1- CMOS technology with low power consumption * P-MQFP-44 package TMS TCK TDI TDO RST SSYNC IDS DCL FSC DD DU MODE XTAL1 XTAL2 JTAG Boundary Scan Interface 384 kHz LI4a LI4b LI5a LI5b LI6a LI6b LI7a LI7b U PN Transceiver No. 4 U PN Transceiver No. 5 U PN Transceiver No. 6 U PN Transceiver No. 7 IOM (R) Interface CLK1 XPLL CLK2 U PN Transceiver No. 0 U PN Transceiver No. 1 U PN Transceiver No. 2 U PN Transceiver No. 3 LI0a LI0b LI1a LI1b LI2a LI2b LI3a LI3b ITB04458 OCTAT(R)-P Device Architecture Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 120 Subscriber Line Power Feeding ISDN Exchange Power Controller (IEPC) PEB 2025 General Description The PEB 2025 is an integrated power controller especially designed for ISDN environments and for the use in a digital exchange. High-voltage CMOS technology 60 V ensures variety of applications: * Two- and four-wire transmission lines * Point-to-point configurations * Point-to-multipoint configurations The device is fully compatible with the CCITT recommendations for power feed at the S-interface. Each line is individually powered and controlled via a microprocessor interface. An interrupt output pin signals any malfunction to the microprocessor. Programmable output current and thermal shutdown guard the PEB 2025 against overloads. Type PEB 2025-N PEB 2025-P Features Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-22-1 (not for new designs) * Compatible to CCITT recommendations for power feed at the S-interface * Supplies power for up to four transmission lines. Each line is individually powered and controlled * High-voltage CMOS technology (up to 60 V, shiftable) * Maximum output current programmable up to 100 mA * Programmable switch-off characteristic by overcurrent detection * Automatic restart after removal of overload conditions * Status detectors for each line driver * Microprocessor-compatible interface (up to 8-MHz clock frequency) * Interrupt output for detection of any malfunction * Full protection against shorts between transmission lines V BAT a0 GND V CC C TO CLC0 aF0 A Control & Logic CLC1 CLC2 CLC3 aF1 b0 aF2 A PInterface RD, WR,CS, A0, A1, RES, INT D0-D2 PInterface A MUX aF3 A RIMAX R ITB03964 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 121 DSP Oriented PBX Controller (DOC) PEB 20560 Advanced Information General Description In order to maintain its leading position Siemens is defining a new IC - the DOC - comprising all necessary functional blocks like switching, signaling, DTMF/tone handling and conferencing on a single chip. The transceivers (layer-1 ICs) are not integrated. Features The DOC provides all necessary features for building PBX (Private Branche eXchange) systems and Line Cards. * In the PBX mode, the DOC provides: - 6 fully usable IOM-2 (GCI) interfaces and thus it can control up to 48 ISDN or 96 analog subscribers. - 4 PCM highways with 126 time-slots. * In the Line Card mode, the DOC provides: - 2 fully usable IOM-2 interfaces with 16 IOM-2 subframes (2 x 8) and - 2 limited IOM-2 interfaces, as two DSP ports are connected, and thus it can control 16 to 24 ISDN (or 32 to 48 analog) subscribers. - 4 PCM highways with 256 time-slots. * Signaling via 8 assignable HDLC controllers, each with a 64-byte data FIFO for transmit and for receive direction. - 2 HDLC controllers (SACCO-A) assignable of two of up to 48 ISDN subscribers at a time via two different D-channel arbiters. - 4 HDLC controllers (SIDEC) assignable to any D-/B-channel in data upstream or data downstream direction on four IOM-2 interfaces. - 2 HDLC controllers (SACCO-B) assignable to any timeslot in data upstream or data downstream direction on four IOM-2 interfaces or to PCM highway. Optionally, both controllers can be used as stand alone HDLC controllers with up to 8.192-Mbit/s transfer rate. They support DMA interface. . Type PEB 20560 Package P-MQFP-160-1 (SMD) * On-chip user programmable 16-bit Digital Signal Processor, Siemens OAK, (with 20, 30 or up to 40 MIPS) with access to 64 time-slots (via one or two internal IOM-2 interfaces) for DTMF/tone generation and recognition, conferencing, music-on-hold, modem emulation, etc. - 1 K x 16-bit on-chip data memory (X) - 512 x 16-bit on-chip data memory (Y) - DSP proprietary interface to an external memory: Program memory up to 62 K x 16 bit Data memory up to 32 K x 16 bit - On-chip program memory (Boot) * a-/-Law coding and decoding by hardware (on the fly) * Firmware for DSP load measurement (within every 125-s frame) * P-DSP communication via a P-Mail-Box * On-chip emulation (OCEM) for DSP program debugging * 8-bit P interface compatible with Siemens/Intel/Motorola bus schemes * Programmable clock generator with built-in logic for master and slave configurations * Watch-dog timer * Reset logic * UART for V.24 interface * Multifunctional input/ouput port configurable as a general I/O port, DMA lines for one SACCO or as additional UART lines for modem connection * Integrated interrupt controller with vector generation and support for DOC cascading * JTAG interface for on board tests * Interface for HW and SW evaluation (debugging) * Advanced CMOS 0.6-m technology * 3.3 and 5-V power supply * TTL driving capability, TTL and CMOS compatible inputs * P-MQFP-160 package Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 122 DSP Oriented PBX Controller (DOC) PEB 20560 Controller of Layer = 1 ICs: C/I and Monitor Handlers IOM (R) -2 Interface 6 x HDLC Controllers Switch 192 x 128 Time-Slots or 96 x 256 Time-Slots D-Channel Arbiter and 2 HDLC Controllers PCM Interface PCM Highways DSP for Tone and Voice Management Clock Generator P-Mail Box Interrupt Contr. Internal DSP Memory External DSP Memory for Program and Data UART JTAG P Interface P ITB08491 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 123 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) ICs Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller PRISM; PEB 3035 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 125 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Product Overview Type PEB 2035 PEB 2236 PEB 3035 PEB 2254 PEB 22320 SAB 82525 SAB 82526 SAB 82532 SAB 82538 Short Title ACFA IPAT(R)-2 PRISM FALCTM54 PRACT HSCX HSCX1 ESCC2 ESCC8 Description Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner ISDN Primary Access Controller Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller Frame and Line Interface Component Primary Access Clock and Transceiver Component High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (2 channels) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (8 channels) Page 132 134 135 136 139 162 163 165 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 126 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) t/r Subscriber Units Analog Line Cards Switching Systems MTSS MTSC MTSL MUSAC TM -A EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ELIC (R) HSCX ESCC2 / 8 MUNICH32 Group Processors DAML t / r DAML-RT U t/r t/r DAML-COT t / r SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 SLICOFI (R) SLIC HV-SLIC PIC EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX DOV t/r t/r Digital Line Cards U (Basic Rate) SBC SBCX QUAT (R) -S ISAC (R) -S IEC-T IEC-Q IBC OCTAT (R) -P EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ICC IDEC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX IEPC Trunk Units ACFA IPAT (R) -2 HSCX PRISM ESCC2 ESCC8 FALC TM 54 S/T U U Transmission Exchange Concentrator Multiplexer (Primary Rate) ACFA IPAT (R) -2 PRACT PRISM HSCX FALC TM 54 ESCC2 / 8 PCM Highway S NT RPT ITA03688 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 127 Overview on Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Applications for the Primary Rate Interface include trunk lines between public central office (CO) exchanges, from a PBX to a CO, interlinking PBXs, the gateway connecting a LAN to the public network on a PBX, interlinking LANs, interfacing a large computer or data intensive terminal (e.g. CAD graphics) with the CO or a PBX etc. Due to different technical evolutions in Europe and the US there are two basic interface types for 1st order transmission systems, the T1 and the CEPT or E1 standard. The ISDNPRI is based on these two different standards. The main difference between ISDN-PRI and T1/CEPT transmission systems is the type of signaling used. The T1 standard is based on the PCM24 technique, where twenty-four 64-kbit/s basic channels and one framing bit are combined into one 1.544-Mbit/s frame format. The CEPT standard is based on the PCM30 technique. The 2.048-Mbit/s frame consists of thirty 64-kbit/s basic channels, one 64 kbit/s signaling channel and 64-kbit/s framing and maintenance channel. Siemens Semiconductor Division offers a complete solution of ICs covering different standards and applications. The PEB 2236 IPAT(R)-2 (ISDN Primary Access Transceiver) and the PEB 2035 (Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner) fulfill the T1 and CEPT standards. At the system side the ACFA provides a synchronous PCM interface for connecting to other application specific ICs (e.g. MTSx, HSCX). The IPAT-2, together with the ACFA, implement the layer-1 physical interface. Both devices are programmed via the P interface to perform the different standards, applications and maintenance/ service functions. The IPAT-2 is a monolithic line driver for primary access lines of either the PCM24 (T1, N. America/Japan) or PCM30 (CEPT, W. Europe) standards. In the receive direction, the device recovers the clock and data signals from the line and forwards them to the ACFA. The IPAT-2 is transparent to the received line code. In the transmit direction, the device takes the signal received from the ACFA and forms it into transmission pulses according to CCITT recommendations for the PCM30 or AT&Ts DMI specifications for PCM24. Correspondingly, input/output jitter requirements comply with both CCITT and AT&T specifications. Frame alignment for all commonly used framing and multiframing formats is performed by the ACFA. The device synchronizes the transmit and receive signals, interfaces the data rate from the line to the 2.048 Mbit/s or 4.096 Mbit/s internal highway and codes/decodes one of three selectable line codes. For PCM24, this transmission code can be either B8ZS or AMI-ZCS whereas for PCM30, it is always HDB3. Alarms and error conditions are reported to the microprocessor via a maskable interrupt line. The ACFA can also be used for various signaling schemes. Rather than using the HSCC/ HSCX, signaling information can be handled by a less intelligent communications controller without programmable time-slot access. For such devices, the ACFA provides the required signaling information via special purpose pins. Additionally, the ACFA has a DMA interface for transferring signaling information to/from a microprocessor controlled memory. Finally, signaling data can be accessed directly via the microprocessor interface. Siemens new generation of Primary Rate Interface component, the PEB 2254 FALC54 (Framing And Line Interface plus signaling Controller), implements the functionality of a line interface, frame aligner and signaling controller for both standards E1 and T1 on a single chip. Applications In general the following applications can be covered: * Synchronous/asynchronous multiplexers * Digital access cross connects * Central offices switches * Remote switches, subscribers loop carriers * LAN, MAN, WAN, Bridges, Routers * FITL * PBX interfaces The following chapter outlines the application of the Primary Rate devices ACFA, FALC54 and I PAT-2 and shows the flexibility of the architecture. In the switching application the Primary Rate Interface is connected to a switching network of a PBX, CO or concentrator. The switching devices MTSL (Memory Time Switch Large), MTSC (Memory Time Switch CMOS) and MTSS (Memory Time Switch Small) perform the switching and data rate adaption. In addition to the switching function the MUSAC (Multipoint Switching and Conferencing) can handle 64-conference channels in any combination. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 128 Overview on Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Line Interface Line CEPT 2.048 Mbit / s T1 1.544 Mbit / s Clock Data Framing Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s IPAT (R) -2 Clock Data ACFA P Block Diagram ITA00219 Line CEPT T1 Line Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 1.544 Mbit / s Framing Signaling Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s Switching Conferenenzing Data Rate Adaption Backplane 2.048 Mbit / s 2.048 Mbit / s 8.192 Mbit / s Clock Data IPAT (R) -2 Clock Data ACFA MTSX MUSAC TM HSCX FALCTM 54 Primary Access Interface with Switch P ITA00220 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 129 Overview on Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Using the Primary Rate Interface in a MUX (Multiplexer) application, the EPIC (Extended PCM Interface Controller) multiplexes the analog or digital Subscriber line into the PCM highway. The device handles also the control information for the IOM interface. The HSCX (High level Serial Communication Controller extended) and the IDEC (ISDN D-channel Exchange Controller) performs the signaling function. Line CEPT T1 Line Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 1.544 Mbit / s Framing Signaling Multiplexing Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s Clock Data Signaling (R) -2 IOM Interface Line Interface U k0 U P0 S0 IPAT (R) -2 Clock Data ACFA EPIC (R) SBCX IEC IBC IDEC (R) (opt.) (opt.) IDEC (R) SBCX IEC IBC ITA00221 HSCX FALCTM 54 P Multiplexer for Digital Subscriber with Primary Rate Interface Line CEPT T1 Line Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 1.544 Mbit / s Framing Signaling Multiplexing IOM (R) -2 Interface CODEC-Filter Analog Line Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s Clock Data IPAT (R) -2 Clock Data ACFA EPIC (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SLIC SLIC HSCX SICOFI (R) -2 FALCTM 54 P SLIC SLIC ITA00222 Multiplexer for Analog Subscriber with Primary Rate Interface Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 130 Overview on Primary Rate Interface (PRI) For fast data transmission via the Primary Rate Interface the HSCX or ITAC (ISDN Terminal Adaptor Circuit) is connected to the PCM highway. Using the HSCX, X.25 interfaces can be connected to the PRI or data transmission from the system memory (e.g. file transfer) of a PC to another PC or host computer can be performed. The lPAT handles data from a X.21 into V.24 or V.35 interface and inserts the information into the PRI. Line CEPT T1 Line Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 1.544 Mbit / s Framing Signaling Synchronous Interface 2.048 Mbit / s 4.096 Mbit / s Signaling Data Transmission Clock Data IPAT (R) X.2.1 X.21 to V.24 V.35 IPAT (R) -2 Clock Data ACFA HSCX HSCX HSCX V.25 FALCTM 54 P ITA00223 Data Terminal/SS No. 7 Terminal with Primary Access Interface Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 131 Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) PEB 2035 General Information The Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) PEB 2035 is a VLSI device used in interface modules with PCM systems. Designed as an universal frame aligner, the ACFA will implement layer-1 (coding, decoding and synchronizing) functions for all PCM30 (32 channels) and PCM24 (24 channels) oriented applications. It complies with CCITT/ CEPT recommendations as well as with the AT&T DMI specifications (CCITT Rec. G 703, 704, 732, 733, November 1984; DMI specification April 1985). Switching between the PCM24 and the PCM30 modes is performed by programming via the microprocessor interface of the device. The extended features implemented in each of these two modes will meet most present and future requirements. A high degree of flexibility allows its use without addition of specialized hardware. Besides interfacing to T1/CEPT routes and to an internal system highway, the ACFA supports the following interfaces: - interface with fiber-optic transmission routes - parallel microprocessor interface - interface to support different signaling schemes - testing and diagnostic interface Type PEB 2035-N PEB 2035-P PEF 2035-N PEF 2035-P Features Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-1 P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-1 * Frame alignment for 2.048-Mbit/s and 1.544 Mbit/s PCM system * Meets CCITT Rec's (G 703, 704, 732, 733) and AT&T technical advisories * Coding/decoding for HDB3, B8ZS and AMI-ZCS (zero code suppression) line codes * Clear channel capability for AMI ZCS and CAS-BR * Unipolar NRZ for interfacing fiber-optic transmission routes * Error checking via CRC4 or CRC6 * Interfacing with a system internal 2.048-Mbit/s or 4.096-Mbit/s highway * Elastic memory for route clock wander and jitter compensation * Support for different signaling schemes * Testing and diagnostics * Single +5-V power supply * Advanced CMOS technology * Low power consumption Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 132 Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) PEB 2035 RFSPQ RRCLK XRCLK 1) SYPQ SCLK ACKNLQ RSIGM / RREQ XSIGM / XREQ 1) PMFB 1) XMFB RDO 1) Timing Control ROID 1) Signaling Support Receive Link Interface Formats Formats Alarms Receive Speech Memory Slips CH. Loop Ad Parity Gen. P Bus Sig / FDL Bits Control Parity Check RDIP RDIM Receiver Aux. Bits Alarms RCHPY DFPY 1) XOID 1) Parity Check XDOP XDOM XTOP XTOM Transmit Link Interface Transmitter Transmit Speech Memory MUX Sign. Bits XDI XSIG 1) Aux. Bits FDL Bits Formats Control Control Config. Alarms Slips RA XCHPY Alarm Interrupt Control Register Status Register Signaling Stacks Parity Gen. COS AINT 1) A3-0 D7-0 RDQ WRQ CEQ RESQ ITB00548 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 133 ISDN Primary Access Transceiver (IPAT(R)-2) PEB 2236 General Information The ISDN Primary Access Transceiver IPAT-2 (PEB 2236) is a monolithic CMOS device which implements the analog receive and transmit line interface functions to primary rate PCM carriers. It may be programmed or hardwired to operate in PCM30 (2.048 Mbit/s) and PCM24 (1.544 Mbit/s) carrier systems. The IPAT-2 recovers clock and data using an adaptively controlled receiver threshold. It is transparent to ternary codes and shapes the output pulse according to the AT&T Technical Advisory #34 or CCITT G.703. The jitter tolerance of the device meets the latest CCITT recommendations (I.431) and many other specifications by AT&T/Bellcore. Diagnostic facilities are included. Specially designed line interface circuits simplify the tedious task of protecting the device against overvoltage damage while still meeting the return loss requirements. The IPAT-2 is suitable for use in a wide range of voice and data applications such as for connections of digital switches and PBXs to host computers, for implementations of primary ISDN subscriber loops as well as for terminal applications. The maximum range is determined by the maximum allowable attenuation. Type PEB 2236-N PEB 2236-P PEF 2236-N PEF 2236-P Features Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-28-1 P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-28-1 * ISDN line interface for 1544 and 2048 kbit/s (T1 and CEPT) * Data and clock recovery * Transparent to ternary codes * Low transmitter output impedance for a high return loss with reasonable protection resistors (CCITT G.703 requirements for the line input return loss fulfilled). * Adaptively controlled receiver threshold * Programmable pulse shape for T1 applications * Jitter specifications of CCITT I.431 and many AT&T/Bellcore publications met * Implements local and remote loops for diagnostic purposes * Monolithic line driver for a minimum of external components * Low power, reliable advanced CMOS technology 1 28 27 26 25 24 23 IPAT (R) -2 PEB 2235 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 100 nF 100 nF R2 Receive Line 2 Overvoltage Protection 100 nF 100 nF 22 pF 3 4 5 6 7 8 22 pF 9 10 11 12 13 14 R2 R1 Transmit Line Overvoltage Protection 1 F R1 Crystal optional External Wiring of the IPAT ITS00558 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 134 Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller (PRISM) PEB 3035 General Description The PEB 3035 (Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller) is a two channel serial communication controller designed to support signaling and maintenance functions for T1 Primary Rate Interfaces using the Extended Superframe format ESF. The device supports the DL-channel protocol for ESF format according to T1.4031989 ANSI specification or according to AT&T specification TR 54016, September 1989. The 8-bit parallel P-interface fits perfectly into every Siemens/lntel 8-bit or 16-bit microcontroller system. Two serial channels can be programmed in three different clock modes to function in time-slot oriented applications, in a strobe mode or as a serial interface. Type PEB 3035-N PEB 3035-P PEF 3035-N PEF 3035-P Features Package P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-28-1 P-LCC-28-1 (SMD) P-DIP-28-1 Serial Interface * Two independent signaling channels * Programmable idle code (Flags, all ones) * Continuous transmission of up to 32 bytes of data * Data rate up to 4 Mbit/s Protocol Support * Support of ESF-DL protocol according to T1.403-1989 or according AT&T TR 54016 specifications * Support of HDLC protocol * Transparent mode for totally transparent data transmission and reception SP-REG LAP Controller Decoder Alignment RxDA TxDA CTSA RTSA AD0 - AD7 Transmit FIFO Receive FIFO Data Link Controller TSA RxCLKA TxCLKA Clock Control Channel A P Bus Interface TxCLKB RxCLKB RD WR CS ALE INT RES Channel B Block Diagram RTSB CTSB TxDB RxDB ITB03617 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 135 Frame and Line Interface Component (FALCTM54) PEB 2254 General Information The Frame and Line Interface Component PEB 2254 (FALC54) is a high sophisticated single chip solution for primary rate PCM carriers. It may be programmed to operate in 1.544-Mbit/s (T1) or 2.048-Mbit/s (CEPT) carrier systems. The FALC54 provides the complete functionality of a line interface-, a framing-, clock generation (2 VCOs) and signaling unit on one chip with greatly increased functionalities. The FALC54 recovers clock and data using an integrated digital phase-locked loop. It shapes the output pulse following the AT&T Technical Advisory #34 or CCITT G.703 and generates a variety of systems clocks. The jitter tolerance of the device meets the newest CCITT recommendations and many other specifications by AT&T/ BELLCORE. The FALC54 features include: selectable multiframe (six multiframe formats), error checking (CRC4, CRC6), multiple line codes (HDB3, B8ZS, AMI, CMI, NRZ), alarm reporting, maintenance and performance monitoring. The circuit contains a two-frame elastic memory which ensures wander absorption between the PCM carrier and a synchronous, system internal highway. All signaling types - CCS, CAS and bit robbed signaling in conjunction with Clear Channel Capability - are controlled by the integrated LAPD/CAS signaling controller. In addition, the FALC54 allows flexible access to facility data link and service channels. All signaling and data link access can be handled via 64-byte FlFOs. The device includes functions which meet newest CCITT, ETSI and FTZ recommendations for primary rate interfaces and the AT&T Digital Multiplexed Interface specifications (DMI). Controlling and monitoring of the device is performed via a parallel 16-bit data bus interface which is directly compatible with the most popular 8/16-bit microprocessors (Intel or Motorola type). Below a list of equipment as described by the CClTT which potential FALC54 applications. 2048-kbit/s Applications * PCM-multiplex equipment according to G.732 G.735, G.738 * Digital multiplex equipment according to G.736, G.742, G.745 * External access equipment according to G.737, G.739 * Digital exchange equipment according to G.705, Q.511 Q.512 * Transmultiplex equipment according to G.793 * Video conferencing according to H.120, H.130 * Transcoder equipment according to G.761 * Digital circuit multiplication equipment according to G.763 * Digital section/line system according to G.921, G.952, G.956 Type PEB 2254-H Package P-MQFP-80-1 (SMD) 1544-kbit/s Applications * PCM-multiplex equipment according to G.733 * Digital multiplex equipment according to G.734, G.743 * Digital exchange equipment according to G.705, Q.511, Q.512 * Transmultiplex equipment according to G.793 * Video conferencing according to H.120, H.130 * Transcoder equipment according to G.762 * Digital circuit multiplication equipment according to G.763 * Digital section/line system according to G.951, G.955 * ADPCM-multiplex equipment according to G.724 Features Line Interface * Data and clock recovery * Low transmitter output impedance for a high return loss with reasonable protection resistors (CCITT G.703 requirements for the line input return loss fulfilled) * Adaptively controlled receiver threshold * Programmable pulse shape for T1 and CEPT * Transmit line monitor * Jitter specifications of CCITT I.431 and AT&T publications 62411 met * Maximum line attenuation more than 16 dB (CCITT I.431) * Wander and jitter attenuation * Implements local and remote loops for diagnostic purposes * Selectable line codes (H DB3, B8ZS, AMI, AMI with ZCS) * Analog and digital loss of signal indication * On-chip clock generator for system clocks * TRISTATE function of transmit line outputs * Jitter attenuator Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 136 Frame and Line Interface Component (FALCTM54) PEB 2254 Frame Aligner * Frame alignments/synthesis for 2048 kbit/s (CEPT, PCM30) and 1544 kbit/s (T1, PCM24) * Meets newest CCITT Rec's, ETSI Rec's, FTZ Rec's, and AT&T Technical References * Programmable formats for PCM30: Doubleframe, CRC Multiframe PCM24: 4-Frame Multiframe (F4),12-Frame Multiframe (F12, D3/4), Extended Superframe (ESF), Remote Switch Mode (F72, SLC96) * Selectable conditions for loss of sync * Fully implementation of the CRC4 Non-CRC4 * Interworking of CCITT G.706 * Error checking via CRC4 or CRC6 procedures * Error monitoring via E-bit and SA6-bit in CEPT mode * Performance monitoring * Insertion and extraction of alarms (AIS, RRA, AUXP...) * IDLE-code insertion for selectable channels * System clock frequency different for receive and transmit * Selectable 2048/4096-kbit/s system internal highway with programmable receive/transmit shifts * Programmable TRISTATE function of 4096 kbit/s output via RDO * Two-frame deep elastic receive memory for receive route clock wander and jitter compensation (can be reduced to one frame length for PCM30 master-slave applications) * One frame elastic transmit memory (PCM24 mode only) for transmit route clock wander and jitter compensation * Support for different data link schemes * Flexible transparent modes * Channel- and line loop back capabilities Signaling Controller * LAPD controller * Support DL-channel protocol for ESF format according to T1-403-1989 ANSI specification or according to AT&T specification TR54016 september 1989 * Handling of bit-oriented functions * Programmable maximum packet size checking * Programmable preamble * Extended address masking * Programmable FIFO size (32,16, ...) * CAS controller * Multiframe synchronization and synthesis * Alarm detection and generation * Bit robbing support * Clear channel capabilities in PCM24 mode * Transparent Mode MP Interface * 8/16-bit microprocessor bus interface (Intel or Motorola type) * All registers directly accessible (byte or word access) * Extended interrupt capabilities General * * * * Boundary scan standard IEEE 1149.1 Advanced CMOS technology P-MQFP-80 package Power consumption less than 400 mW Note: The FALC54's power consumption is mainly determined by the line length and type of the cable. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 137 SCLKR DR 1T2B DR RCLK Framer RDO Aligment Alarm Detect. Signaling Controller CAS-CC Sa4 - Sa8 Any Time-Slot T1 Transmit Buffer T1 E1 XDI Backplane Interface CAS-BR HDLC DL / BOM Performance Monitoring Counters RDATA Receive Elastic Store Backplane Interface DR DR HDB3 1 Second LOS XS JATT XS XS Decoder AMI Generation RDN RDP RCLK B8ZS AMI Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Decoder RL (T1) Framer B8ZS RL (E1) or XS HDB3 RL (T1) or XS RL (E1) 2 MHz E1 T1 or RL (T1) or XS RL (E1) 8 MHz VCO 1 2M T1 E1 PD /2 /8 2M Osc. Divider /2 /8 PD Divider Osc. RCLK DPLL LOS or Master 6 MHz (T1) 8 MHz (XS) 1.5 MHz (T1) 2 MHz (XS) VCO 2 DPLL RL(T1) RCLK Alarm Insertion E1 T1 Divider SYNC 16 MHz System Clocks 12 MHz (T1) 16 MHz (E1 Xslicer) SCLKX Data & Clock Recovery Equalizer DPLL Peak Detector Analog LOS Detector Local Loop DR Frame and Line Interface Component (FALCTM54) RL1/ RL2/ XOID/ RDIP RDIN CLKDR DR = Dual Rail RL = Remote Loop XS = Xslicer Block Diagram 1T2B /4 XL1/ XDOP DR 1T2B Encoder 138 DR D A XL2/ XDON Pulse Shaper Boundary Scan Microprocessor Interface Intel / Motorola 8 Bit / 16 Bit Interrupt Control ITB06095 PEB 2254 D0 - D15 (D0 - D8) A0 - A8 INT Primary Access Clock and Transceiver Component (PRACT) PEB 22320 General Description The Primary Rate Access Clock Generator and Transceiver PRACT (PEB 22320) is a monolithic CMOS device which implements the analog receive and transmit line interface functions to primary rate PCM carriers. It may be programmed or hard-wired to operate in 1.544-Mbit/s (T1) or 2.048-Mbit/s (CEPT) carrier system. The PRACT recovers clock and data using an adaptively controlled receiver threshold. It is transparent to ternary codes and shapes the output pulse following the AT&T Technical Advisory #34 or CCITT G.703. The jitter tolerance of the device meets the CCITT (I.431) recommendation and many other specifications by AT&T/Bellcore. An on-chip selectable jitter attenuation is available which meets the I.431 recommendation for CEPT - and the PUB 62411 for T1 application. Diagnostic facilities are included. Specially designed line interface circuits simplify the tedious task of protecting the device against overvoltage damage while still meeting the return loss requirements. The PRACT is suitable for use in a wide range of voice and data applications such as for connections of digital switches and PBXs to host computers for implementations of primary ISDN subscriber loops as well as for terminal applications. The maximum range is determined by the maximum allowable attenuations. In the T1 case the PRACT's power consumption is mainly determined by the line length and type of the cable. Type PEB 22320-N Features Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * ISDN-line interface for 1544 and 2048 kbit/s (T1 and CEPT) * Data and clock recovery * Transparent to ternary codes * Low transmitter output impedance for a high return loss with reasonable protection resistors (CCITT G.703 requirements for the line input return loss fulfilled) * Adaptively controlled receiver threshold * Programmable pulse shape for T1 applications * Jitter specifications of CCITT I.431 and many AT&T/Bellcore publications met * Wander and jitter attenuation * Jitter tolerance of receiver: 0.5 Ul s * Implements local and remote loops for diagnostic purposes * Monolithic line driver for a minimum of external components * Low power, reliable CMOS technology * Loss of signal indication for receiver * Clock generator for system clocks MODE SYNC JATT LL XTAL1,2,3,4 XTIP Transmit Local Loop RL1 Receive Input RL2 Receiver Clock & Data Recovery Loss of Signal Detection RRCLK P N XTIN Test Data XCLK (T1) System Clocks RCLK RDOP RDON Jitter Attenuator & Clock Generator Remote Loop LOS XL1 Transmit Output XL2 Driver D/A ROM Timing & Pulseshaper XDIP XDIN XCLK (CEPT) Block Diagram LS0,1,2 RL ITB04876 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 139 Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing Family ICs Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit Attenuation MUSACTM-A; PEB 2445 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 141 Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing Family ICs Product Overview Type PEB 2045 PEB 2046 PEB 2047 PEB 2047-16 PEB 2445 PEB 2054 PEB 2055 PEB 20550 SAB 82C258 SAB 82C257 SAB 82525 SAB 82526 SAB 82532 SAB 82538 PEB 20320 Short Title MTSC MTSS MTSL MTSL-16 MUSAC -A EPIC -S EPIC(R)-1 ELIC(R) ADMA ADMA HSCX HSCX1 ESCC2 ESCC8 MUNICH32 (R) TM Function Memory Time Switch CMOS Memory Time Switch Small Memory Time Switch Large Memory Time Switch Large H-16 MHz Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit with Attenuation Extended PCM Interface Controller Extended PCM Interface Controller Extended Line Card Interface Controller Internetworking & Protocol Controllers High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (2 channels) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (8 channels) Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC Page 147 150 151 153 154 90 91 92 169 162 163 165 167 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 142 Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family t/r Subscriber Units Analog Line Cards Switching Systems MTSS MTSC MTSL MUSAC TM -A EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ELIC (R) HSCX ESCC2 / 8 MUNICH32 Group Processors DAML t / r DAML-RT U t/r t/r DAML-COT t / r SICOFI (R) SICOFI (R) -2 SICOFI (R) -4 SLICOFI (R) SLIC HV-SLIC PIC EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX DOV t/r t/r Digital Line Cards U (Basic Rate) SBC SBCX QUAT (R) -S ISAC (R) -S IEC-T IEC-Q IBC OCTAT (R) -P EPIC (R) -S EPIC (R) -1 ICC IDEC (R) ELIC (R) HSCX IEPC Trunk Units ACFA IPAT (R) -2 HSCX PRISM ESCC2 ESCC8 FALC TM 54 S/T U U Transmission Exchange Concentrator Multiplexer (Primary Rate) ACFA IPAT (R) -2 PRACT PRISM HSCX FALC TM 54 ESCC2 / 8 PCM Highway S NT RPT ITA03688 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 143 Overview on Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family Supervision and control of the entire system, including connection set-up, maintenance and testing, is performed in a powerful central processing unit. Besides this, the through-switching of PCM channels is done in a switching network unit, whereas the tasks of a frame alignment unit are to interface PCM transmission routes with the switching system. Digital exchanges put calls through by newly arranging the speech signals coded with 8-bit words (PCM time-slots). The code words are transmitted serially on PCM lines. The sampling frequency of 8 kHz produces PCM frames with a duration of 125 s. The transmission rate on the line determines how many code words (speech channels) can be accommodated within a sampling period. With a data rate of 2048 kbit/s for example, there are 32 time-slots of 8 bits each. Four lines with a data rate of 8192 kbit/s have a transmission capacity of 512 channels. In a digital switching matrix one distinguishes between two basic switching principles: * Time division multiplex * Space division multiplex A method that is frequently used involves a combination of the two principles, this being called space/time division multiplex. The figure illustrates the different principles. In time division multiplex only the time-slot is altered during switching. All signals from a certain input PCM line are switched to a fixed output line, only the time-slot sequence may change. In space division multiplex incoming PCM data are only rearranged in space. The input time-slot equals the output time-slot. However, input from one PCM line can be switched to different output lines. Time-Division Multiplex TS0 TS1 TS2 TS3 TS0 TS1 TS2 TS3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A3 A4 A1 A2 Input Timing TS0 Space-Division Multiplex Output Timing TS0 C1 1 ITA00540 Line 1 A1 Line 2 B1 A1 2 Line 3 C1 B1 3 ITA00541 Input Timing TS0 TS1 TS2 TS3 Space/Time-Division Multiplex Output Timing TS0 TS1 TS2 TS3 B4 Line 1 A1 A4 1 A1 C2 Line 2 C2 Input Timing B4 2 Line 3 A4 Output Timing 3 ITA00542 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 144 Overview on Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family Wideband Switching An additional future requirement is wideband switching. In contrast to voice switching, wideband switching is optimized for data transmission, e.g. for ISDN H-channels or "Fractional" T1. 64 kbit/s time-slots are combined for higher data rates. As a precondition all switched time-slots have to be output in the same frame. For example 6 time-slots could be combined to a 384-kbit/s bundle. Wideband Switching of 64-kbit / s Time-Slots 384-kbit / s "Bundle" 192-kbit / s "Bundle" Individual 64-kbit / s Time-Slots 32 Frame 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 30 31 32 1 2 3 ITT01746 Frame 1 Data "Bundle": - switched time-slots have to be output in the same frame Frame 2 Multipoint Switching In a multipoint switching configuration data communication between terminals can be achieved by connecting all stations to one or more time-slots and transmitting the information back. In contrast to audio conferences, data terminals broadcast to the switching matrix which are or-connected. With multipoint switching an independent LAN in a PBX system could be realized. ITA03952 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 145 Overview on Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family MTSC Siemens Semiconductor offers devices which take into consideration the needs for efficient realization of these tasks. One of the switching network circuits offered is the Memory Time Switch in CMOS (MTSC) PEB 2045, which has the ability to connect any of 512 incoming PCM channels to any of 256 outgoing PCM channels on a single chip. A non-blocking switch for 512 time-slots can be built up with two devices only. A further expansion can be realized very easily too. Different kinds of operation modes enable the use of the MTSC PEB 2045 in 2048 Mbit/s, 4096 Mbit/s and 8192 Mbit/s or mixed PCM systems. As an additional feature the MTSC PEB 2045 together with an Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) PEB 2035 can realize the system interface of up to four primary multiplex access lines. MTSS The Memory Time Switch Small (MTSS) PEB 2046 is a smaller version of the MTSC PEB 2045 performing time/ space switch functions for a non-blocking switch of 256 PCM channels. MTSL/MTSL-16 The largest in our family, the Memory Time Switch Large (MTSL) PEB 2047 is capable of switching up to 1024 time-slots. The MTSL allows the switching of fractional T1 and data bundles. The MTSL-16 is a selection for 16-MHz applications. MUSAC Siemens Semiconductor also supplies a solution for conferencing, the Multipoint Switching And Conferencing Unit (MUSAC) PEB 2245, which performs the complete switching functions of the MTSC, and has a signal processor for handling up to 64 conferencing channels in any combination. The input and output channels can also be attenuated individually to achieve best transmission quality. MUSAC-A The MUSAC-A is an upward compatible device to the MTSL and MUSAC. It offers in addition the attenuation and amplification of every time-slot. An overview on the complete switching and conferencing IC-family is shown in the following table: Switching, Attenuation and Conferencing IC-Family MTSC PEB 2045 Switching capacity (time-slots) Input/output lines PCM-data rate (Mbit/s) Clock rate (MHz) Conferencing Attenuation PRI/T1 mode Fractional T1 data bundling C access Multipoint switching Power (mW) max. consumption typ. Package 50 P-DIP-40-1 P-LCC-44-1 50 P-DIP-40-1 P-LCC-44-1 100 170 yes yes read yes read yes 100 P DIP-40-1 P-LCC-44-1 50 P-DIP-40-1 P-LCC-44-1 50 512 x 256 `16/8 2/4/8 + mixed mode 4096 8192 MTSS PEB 2046 256 x 256 `8/8 2 4096 8192 MTSL PEB 2047 1024 x 512 `16/8 2/4/8 + mixed mode 4096 8192 MTSL-16 PEB 2047-16 1024 x 1024 `16/8 2/4/8/16 + mixed mode 4096/8192 16384 MUSAC-A PEB 2445 512 x 256 `16/8 2/4/8 + mixed mode 4096 8192 64 channels all channels - 4 to 12 dB yes 128 kbit/s channel yes yes EPIC-1 PEB 2055 256 x 256 `4/4 up to 8 up to 8192 EPIC-S PEB 2054 64 x 256 `1/2 up to 4 2048 8192 P-LCC-44-1 P-LCC-44-1 P-LCC-44-1 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 146 Memory Time Switch CMOS (MTSC) PEB 2045 General Description The MTSC PEB 2045 is a monolithic CMOS circuit, which has the ability to connect any of the 512 PCM channels of 16 incoming PCM lines to any of the 256 PCM channels of eight output lines. The PCM information for a complete frame is stored in the 4-Kbit speech memory SM, i.e. all of the 512 words with 8 bits are written into a fixed position of the SM. This is controlled by the input counter every 125 s. The words are read using random access with an address that is stored in a connection memory CM for each of the 256 output channels. The access to the CM is controlled by the output counter. To produce a connection the SM address and the CM address must be written into the PEB 2045 via a P interface. The SM-address contains the time-slots and line numbers of the incoming PCM words. The CM address consists of the time-slots and line numbers of the output words. The PEB 2045 can be connected to 2-Mbit/s, 4-Mbit/s and 8-Mbit/s PCM systems, the device clock may be either 4.096 MHz or 8.192 MHz. In a second operational mode the PEB 2045 together with the PEB 2035 (ACFA, Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner) and the PEB 2235 (IPAT, ISDN Primary Access Transceiver) implements the system interface of up to four primary multiplex access lines. This interface can be configured for 2-Mbit/s, 4-Mbit/s and 8-Mbit/s systems; a clock shift for input and output lines with half clock step resolution is programmable. Selection of operating modes and programming is made by writing to the mode register and, via the Indirect Access Register (IAR), the Clock Shift Register (CSR) and the General Configuration Register (GCR). The components PEB 2045 and PEF 2045 are functionally identical. The difference between the two types lies in the temperature range. The PEB 2045 operates in the temperature range 0 to 70 C, the PEF 2045 in the range - 40 to 85 C. Applications * All types of switching systems * Concentrator function * Frequency transforming interface between 2-Mbit/s, 4-Mbit/s and 8-Mbit/s PCM systems * 16/16 space switch for 8-Mbit/s PCM systems * System interface for up to four primary multiplex access lines in combination with the PEB 2035 (ACFA) and *PEB 2235 (IPAT) Type PEB 2045-N PEB 2045-P PEF 2045-N PEF 2045-P Features Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-1 (not for new design) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-1 (not for new design) * Time/space switch for 2.048-, 4.096- and 8.192-kbit/s PCM systems * Different kinds of modes (2048, 4096, 8192 kbit/s or mixed mode) * Switching of up to 512 incoming PCM channels to up to 256 outgoing PCM channels * 16 input and eight output PCM lines * Configurable for primary access and standard applications * Programmable clock shift with half clock step resolution for input and output in primary access configuration * Configurable for a 4096- and 8192-kHz device clock * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation * Tristate control signals for external drivers in primary access configuration * 2048-kHz clock output in primary access configuration * Space switch mode * 8-bit P interface * Single + 5-V power supply * Advanced low power CMOS technology Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 147 Memory Time Switch CMOS (MTSC) PEB 2045 IN0 D7 - D0 MOD A0 RD WR CS CCS GCR CM Address Gen IAR P Interface STA Connection Memory CM IN15 PCM IN Speech Memory SM Timing Control PCM OUT Block Diagram SP CLK OUT 0 OUT 7 ITB00554 Line Interface 1.544 Mbit / s 2.048 Mbit / s Dual Rail Interface Internal Primary Highway 2.048 Mbit / s System Interface 2.048 / 4.096 / 8.192 Mbit / s PEB 2045 MTSC PEB 2235 IPAT (R) PEB 2035 ACFA SAB 82525 HSCX ITB00544 Optimized System Interface for Four Primary Multiplex Access Lines Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 148 Memory Time Switch CMOS (MTSC) PEB 2045 PEx 2045 PCM IN 2 MHz PEx 2045 16 8 PCM OUT 2 MHz 8 ITS00583 Memory time switch 16/16 for a non-blocking 512-channel switch PEx 2045 11 PEx 2045 21 8 16 PEx 2045 12 PEx 2045 22 8 PCM IN 2 MHz 16 PEx 2045 23 PEx 2045 13 PCM OUT 2 MHz 8 PEx 2045 24 PEx 2045 14 8 ITS00584 Memory time switch 32/32 for a non-blocking 1024-channel switch using tristate function Block Diagram of two PCM Switch Configurations with PEB 2045 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 149 Memory Time Switch Small (MTSS) PEB 2046 General Description The MTSS PEB 2046 is a monolithic CMOS device which has the ability to connect any of the 256 PCM channels of eight incoming PCM lines to any of the 256 PCM channels of eight output lines. The input information of a complete frame is stored in the speech memory SM. The incoming 256 channels of 8 bits each are written in sequence into fixed positions in the SM. This is controlled by the input counter in the timing control block with an 8-kHz repetition rate. For output, the connection memory (CM) is read in sequence. Each location in CM points to a location in the speech memory. The byte in this speech memory location is read into the current output time-slot. The read access of the CM is controlled by the output counter which also resides in the timing control block. Thus the CM needs to be programmed beforehand for the desired connection. The CM address corresponds to one particular output time-slot and line number. The contents of this CM-address point to a particular input time-slot and line number (now resident in the SM). Type PEB 2046-N PEB 2046-P Features Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-DIP-40-1 * Time/space switch for 2.048-kbit/s PCM systems * Switching of up to 256 incoming PCM channels to up to 256 outgoing PCM channels * Eight input and eight output PCM lines * Configurable for a 4096- and 8192-kHz device clock * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation * 8-bit P-interface * Single +5-V power supply * Advanced low power CMOS technology IN0 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 OUT6 DB7DB0 A0 RD WR CS P Interface MOD STA IAR Connection Memory CM Input Buffer CGR Speech Memory SM Timing Control Output Buffer OUT0 OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 OUT5 SP CLK ITB00604 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 150 OUT7 IN7 Memory Time Switch Large (MTSL) PEB 2047 Features * Time/space switch for 2048-, 4096- or 8192-kbit/s PCM systems * Different modes programmable for input and output separately 2048 kbit/s (4096 kbit/s, 8192 kbit/s or mixed mode) * Switching of up to 1024 incoming PCM channels to up to 5124 outgoing PCM channels * Configurable for a 4096-kHz or 8192-kHz device clock 16 input and 8 output PCM lines * Constant frame delay for switching of wideband data, e.g. ISDN H-channels or minimized delay for voice applications * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation * P read access to PCM data * Programmable clock shift with half clock step resolution for input and output * Individual line delay measurement and clock shift mechanism for 8 PCM inputs * Built-in selftest * 8-bit Motorola or Intel type P interface * Advanced low power 1 -CMOS technology * Single 5-V-power supply Type PEB 2047-N Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) MTSL PCM IN 8 MHz MTSL CLK 8.192 MHz 8 CLK 4 PCM OUT 8 MHz 4 ITS05937 Memory Time Switch for a Non-blocking 1024 Channel Switch with 8-MHz Device Clock Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 151 Memory Time Switch Large (MTSL) PEB 2047 General Description The MTSL PEB 2047 is a memory time switch device. Operating with a device clock of 4096 kHz or 8192 kHz it can connect any of 1024 PCM-input channels to any of 512 output channels. The input information of a complete frame is stored in the on-chip 8-kbit data memory DM. The incoming 1024 channels of 8 bits each are written in sequence into fixed positions in the DM. This is controlled by the input counter in the timing control block with an 8-kHz repetition rate. For outputting, the connection memory (CM) is read in sequence. Each location in CM points to a location in the data memory. The byte in this data memory location is transferred into the current output time-slot. The read access of the CM is controlled by an output counter. The synchronization of this procedure will be achieved by a rising edge of the synchronizing pulse SP, which is always sampled with the falling edge of the device clock. Different modes of operation are configurable at the PCMinput interface. Also, 8 PCM-input lines can be synchronized with individual clock shift values to compensate different line delays. If more than 8 inputs are used one clock shift value controls up to two ports at the same time. The input lines IN8 to IN15 can be used as additional frame-synchronization inputs FS. After synchronizing the device by the SP pulse, the FS inputs can be evaluated on a per port basis. This evaluation procedure is started by a microprocessor command. As a result the input countervalue on the rising edge of the FS signal can be read from an internal register. Thus delay compensation is easily managed by programming appropriate clock shift values and/or a possible software offset. During operation of the chip, a frame length check, which controls correct synchronization by the SP pulse and generates an interrupt in case of lost or achieved synchronization is also supplied. The standard 8-bit P interface can communicate with Intel multiplexed/demultiplexed microprocessors as well as with Motorola demultiplexed processors. It gives access to the internal registers and to the control - and data memory. Five directly addressable registers are provided. All other registers and the memories are accessed by a simple three byte indirect access method (similar to the MTSC PEB 2045). The switching path of the MTSL including input buffer, data memory, control memory, output buffer and timing control can be tested in the system by a built-in selftest. After activating this mechanism it takes 1.25 ms (8192 kHz) until the result "selftest ok/selftest not ok" can be read from the internal status register. After test completion the control-memory is also reset. In applications where 64-kbit/s channels are combined for higher data rates (e.g. ISDN H-channels) the MTSL ensures that all switched time-slots are output in the same frame. In voice applications where a low delay is important, the MTSL can be programmed for minimized switching delays. Wideband Switching of 64-kbit / s Time-Slots 384-kbit / s "Bundle" 192-kbit / s "Bundle" Individual 64-kbit / s Time-Slots 32 Frame 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 30 31 32 1 2 3 ITT01746 Frame 1 Data "Bundle": - switched time-slots have to be output in the same frame Frame 2 MTSL Submultiplexing of 64-kbit/s Time-Slot Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 152 Memory Time Switch Large H-16 MHz (MTSL-16) PEB 2047-16 General Description The MTSL-16 is an upward compatible device to the MTSL. The MTSL-16 supports 16-MHz clocking and switching capability of 1024 x 1024 time-slots. Features * Upward compatible to MTSL * Time/space switch for 2048-, 4096-, 8192- or 16384-kbit/s PCM systems * Different modes programmable for input and output separately (2048-, 4096-, 8192- or 16384-kbit/s or mixed mode) * Switching of up to 1024 incoming PCM channels to up to 1024 outgoing PCM channels * Configurable for a 8192-kHz or 16384-kHz device clock * 16 input and 8 output PCM lines * Constant frame delay for switching of wideband data, e.g. ISDN H-channels or minimized delay for voice applications Type PEB 2047-16-N Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation * P access to PCM data * Programmable clock shift with half clock step resolution for input and output * Individual line delay measurement and clock shift mechanism for 8 PCM inputs * Built-in selftest * 8-bit Motorola or Intel type P interface * Advanced low power 1- CMOS technology * Single 5-V-power supply PCM IN 8 MHz 16.384 MHz 8 MTSL CLK 8 PCM OUT 8 MHz MTSL PCM IN 8 MHz MTSL CLK 8.192 MHz 8 CLK 4 PCM OUT 8 MHz 4 ITS00225 Memory Time Switch for a Non-blocking 1024 Channel Switch with 16-MHz Device Clock Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 153 Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit-Attenuation (MUSACTM-A) PEB 2445 General Description The MUSAC-A is an upward compatible device to the components MTSC and MUSAC. Additionally to the standard MUSAC features switching and conferencing, the MUSAC-A supports additional attenuation functions. Every time-slot is freely programmable in 1-dB step resolutions to an attenuation range from 0 to 12 dB and amplified from 0 to 4 dB. With enlarged attenuation functions to every time-slot the MUSAC-A fulfills the ability for new requirements. l.e. different PBX terminals could be adapted to a certain reference point from the private network to the public network. Features Switching * Time/space switch for 2048-, 4096- or 8192-kbit/s PCM systems * Switching of up to 512 incoming PCM channels to up to 256 outgoing PCM channels * 16 input and 8 output PCM lines * Different kinds of modes (2048, 4096, 8192 kbit/s or mixed mode) * Configurable for a 4096- and 8192-kHz device clock * Tristate function for further expansion and tandem operation Attenuation and Amplification * Attenuation and amplification of every time-slot * Attenuation range from 0 to 12 dB * Amplification range from 0 to 4 dB Type PEB 2445-N Conference Mode Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) * Up to 64 conference channels in any combination * Up to 21 independent conferences simultaneously (3 subscribers) * Programmable attenuation (0/3/6/9 dB) on each input channel * Programmable attenuation (0/3 dB) on each output channel * Programmable PCM-level adaption (attenuation or amplification) of up to 64 channels * Programmable noise suppression (four thresholds) * Conference overflow handling * Tone insertion capability * A-Law/-Law compatible * Compatible with all kinds of PCM-byte formats Multipoint Switching * Multiple independent LAN s within one PBX * Multiplexing of up to 64 channels * 64-kbit/s channels General * * * * * 8-bit P interface Single + 5-V-power supply Advanced low power CMOS technology TTL compatible inputs/outputs Upward compatible to MTSL Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 154 Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit-Attenuation (MUSACTM-A) PEB 2445 Timing PCM IN Time Switch Attenuation PCM OUT Signal Processor P Interface Address Block Diagram Data Control ITS03806 Reference Point Private Network Analog Line Card ISDN Line Card Prop. Line Card C Public Network a/b Analog MUSAC TM -A NT 2B + D ISDN Central Office NT CEPT / T1 ISDN Loudness Ration Echo Attenuation ITA03955 PBX-Example Attenuation for Every Time-Slot Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 155 Communication Network ICs Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC MUNICH32; PEB 20320 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 157 Communication Network ICs Product Overview Type SAB 82525 SAB 82526 SAB 82532 SAB 82538 SAB 82518 PEB 20320 SAB 82C257 SAB 82C528A Short Title HSCX HSCX1 ESCC2 ESCC8 ASCC8 MUNICH32 ADMA Function High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (2 channels) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (8 channels) Universal Asynchronous Reciever/Transmitter (UART) Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC Advanced DMA Controller for 16-bit Microcomputer Systems Page 162 163 165 161 167 169 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 158 A World of Applications Data communication has gained a key role in modern computer systems. We are on the threshold of an era of total communication: every (micro)computer unit has to be able to communicate with other devices - either in synchronous or asynchronous data transmission mode. Let us have a look at this rapidly growing world of many different applications. There are among others the following applications: telecom, office automation, traffic control, medical equipment, and factory automation. Telecom Todays telephone and telecommunication equipment is getting more and more digitalized while the older analog units are being replaced. This means that analog signals are converted to digital data as soon as possible before being transferred and processed. Back-conversion is made as late as possible. Consequently the amount of transferred data in telecom applications is increasing tremendously. Depending on the desired data throughput and transmission mode, the designer always gets the right choice with serial communication ICs from Siemens. There are a lot of goals to be met: transfer control by high level transportation protocols, transmitting and receiving data pockets, time-division multiplexing in time-slot systems, handling of different data encoding/decoding schemes, etc. All these kinds of data transfer can be managed by SAB 82525 or SAB 82526. These ICs are called High-Level Serial Communication Controllers Extended (HSCX, SAB 82525) and Single-Channel High-Level Serial Communication Controllers Extended (HSCX1, SAB 82526). They were especially designed for serial communication interfaces in telecom networks requiring HDLC based protocols. Typical HSCX applications are network communication boards, central D-channel signaling, DMI boards, data-link controllers in digital mobile radio networks as well as cordless telephone sets. Office Automation and Wide Area Networks (WAN) Typical ESCC2 (Enhanced Serial Communication Controller with 2 channels, SAB 82532) applications are communication boards for workstations and minicomputers as well as l/O multiplexers, bridges and gateways (X.24, PRI). ESCC2 can be used for nearly all applications from terminal adaptors and fast HDLC links to Primary Rate Interfaces (T1/S2) or ISDN interfaces (SO); using unique software. If the designer requires multichannel access, he can save a tremendous amount of board space by using the highly integrated eight-channel multiprotocol controller SAB 82538 (ESCC8): four ESCC2s (eight serial channels) in one package. Fast LANs If clock recovery up to 4 Mbit/s is needed (e.g. in fiberoptic transmission systems), the designer can use ESCC2 (Enhanced Serial Communications Controller, SAB 82532). Basically, the ESCC2 is a faster 16-bit HSCX with a big bundle of extra functions. HDLC-data transfer can be implemented up to 10 Mbit/s. ESCC2 is a multiprotocol controller which enables designers to use synchronous, bisynchronous as well as asynchronous, fast data transfer with one chip on one software basis. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 159 Product Overview Performance / Integration 32-Bit MUNICH32 PEB 20320 ADMA SAB 82C258 ESCC8 SAB 82538 ASCC8 SAB 82518 16-Bit ESCC2 SAB 82532 ESCC1 SAB 82531 HSCX SAB 82525 8-Bit HSCX1 SAB 82526 ICs available ICs in development ICs in definition 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 ITB01818 Siemens' family of serial communication controllers comprises a full range of different ICs. While each of them is designed to enhanced particular features, together they compose a wide profile of performance. Thus, most likely our family of complementary devices offers an ideal solution to many applications in serial data communications. HSCX The High-Level Serial Communications Controller Extended (HSCX) supports a number of synchronous standardized protocols and a greater number of proprietary protocols at a transfer rate of up to 4 Mbit/s. Each of its two channels works independent of the other. Its specific fields of application are proprietary HDLC local area networks (LAN). HSCX 1 The Single-Channel High-Level Serial Communications Controller Extended (HSCX1) is the single channel version of HSCX. ESCC2 The Enhanced Serial Communications Controller (ESCC2) is a multiprotocol controller offering an extraordinary profile of protocol options at a high-speed transfer rate of up to 10 Mbit/s for each of its two independent channels. ESCC2 was developed for the different communication requirements of wide area network, local area network, small area network and proprietary network applications. The result is a communications controller as a standard for implementing Open System Interconnection (OSI) layers-1 and -2 in all these applications. This fact noticeably reduces development and system costs. The board space, for example, is reduced by on-chip collision detection and resolution, programmable preamble, clock recovery, the logic for multiple protocols and multiple encodings, 16- and 32-bit CRC, time-slot, assignment, queued interrupt status for all important events like receiver FIFO full, receiver FIFO overrun and end of frame transmission. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 160 Product Overview Features Type Number of serial channels Parallel ports Serial communication Supported protocols HSCX1 SAB 82526 1 no SYNC HDLC/SDLC HSCX SAB 82525 2 no SYNC HDLC/SDLC ESCC2 SAB 82532 2 8-bit HDLC/SDLC ASYNC/ BISYNC NRZ, NRZI FM0, FM1 Manchester yes 16-/32-bit 10 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 64/64 bytes 8-/16-bit Intel/Motorola no yes yes P-LCC-68 ESCC8 SAB 82538 8 28-bit HDLC/SDLC ASYNC/ BISYNC NRZ/NRZI FM0, FM1 Manchester yes 16-/32-bit 10 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 64/64 bytes 8-/16-bit Intel/Motorola no yes yes P-MQFP-160 ASCC8 SAB 82518 8 28-bit ASYNC MUNICH32 PEB 20320 32 no SYNC HDLC/SDLC SYNC/ASYNC SYNC/ASYNC ASYNC Encoding schemes NRZ, NRZI NRZ, NRZI NRZ NRZ Programmable preamble CRC Max baud rate/channel (SYNC) Max baud rate/channel (ASYNC) FIFO size per channel (R x D/T x D) Data-bus width Data bus types DMA controller on-chip DMA support Time-slot assignment Package no 16-bit 4 Mbit/s - 64/64 bytes 8-bit Intel/Motorola no yes yes P-LCC-44 no 16-bit 4 Mbit/s - 1.2 Mbit/s 64/64 bytes 8-bit Intel/Motorola no yes yes P-LCC-44 P-MQFP-44 no - - 2 Mbit/s no 64/64 bytes 8-/16-bit Intel/Motorola no yes no P-MQFP-160 no 16-/32-bit 4 Mbit/s/128 Kbit/s - no 256/256 bytes 16-/32-bit Intel/Motorola yes - yes P-MQFP-160 Integrated clock recovery (DPLL) up to 1.2 Mbit/s The reduction of the software size, due to the 16-bit Intel or Motorola processor interface, the direct register accessibility, large FlFOs, vectorized interrupts and four channel DMA support lead to higher performance and decrease CPU time to an absolute minimum. Less system cost, less development cost, less board space, less power consumption and high performance in a proven 1-m CMOS technology are what you gain by using this communication genius as a standard for all your applications. The following ICs are in development or under definition and will be available in due time to offer new attractive solutions for serial communication control. ESCC8 The eight-channel Enhanced Serial Communications Controller (ESCC8) offers eight independent serial channels. Basically it consists of four ESCC2 cores. It is a very suitable solution for multiprotocol and multichannel applications. MUNICH32 The Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (MUNIC32) is a protocol controller for handling up to 32 data channels of a full-duplex PCM highway. It has been designed for use in fractional T1 interfaces as well as for applications in switching systems. ADMA The Advanced DMA Controller (ADMA) is a four channel l/O coprocessor that is optimized to handle data transfers in either 8-, 16- or 32-bit microprocessor systems. It can transfer up to 40 Mbytes of data per second in a 20-MHz system. The ADMA transfers data using single cycle, two cycle and 32-bit fly by operations and can gather or scatter data with efficient linked list data chaining, making it one of the most versatile DMA controllers available today. A smaller, reduced cost version of the ADMA (SAB 82C257) is also available. ASCC8 The ASCC8 is an eight-channel Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART). It is optimized to handle eight high-speed asynchronous channels at rates of up to 2 Mbit/s in 16-x-oversampling mode. The ASCC8 is ideally suited for applications that include card-to-card signaling MODEM pools, asynchronous routers, and simple high speed point-to-point communications between processing elements within a large system. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 161 High-Level Serial Communications Controller Extended (HSCX) SAB 82525 SAB 82526 General Description The HSCX (SAB 82525) has been designed to implement high speed communication links using HDLC protocols and to reduce the hard and software overhead needed for serial synchronous communications. Due to its 8-bit demultiplexed adaptive bus interface it fits perfectly into every INTEL or Motorola 8- and 16-bit microcomputer system. The HSCX directly supports the X.25 LAPB, the ISDN LAPDand SDLC protocols and is capable of handling a large set of layer-2 protocol functions independently from the host processor. The time division capability of the SAB 82525 and other programmable telecom features make it suitable for time-slot oriented PCM systems designed for packet switching. Due to its high speed data transfer and high level protocol support it fits very well in industrial applications e.g. Iaser printers. The HSCX1 (SAB 82526), the single channel version of the HSCX, opens another wide application area. For an easy access to the wide variety and complexity of synchronous data transfer Siemens provides a PC based HSCX evaluation Kit. The SAB 82525/82526 operates in the temperature range 0 to 70 C, the SAF 82525/82526 in the range -40 to 85 C. Type SAB 82525-N SAF 82525-N SAB 82526-N SAF 82526-N SAB 82525-H Features SAB 82525 (82526) * * * * * * * Package P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-LCC-44-1 (SMD) P-MQFP-44-1 (SMD) Two (one) independent HDLC/SDLC channels High level support of LAPB/LAPD protocols Oscillator DPLL and baud rate generator for each channel Collision detect and resolution logic Data rate up to 4 Mbit/s Clock recovery up to 1.2 Mbit/s 8 bit parallel multiplexed and demultiplexed system bus adaption * 64-byte FIFO per channel and direction * 4 (2) channel DMA interface * CMOS technology A0- A6 D0- D7 RD / IC1 WR / IC0 CS ALE / IM0 INT RES IM1 DRQTA DRQRA DACKA DRQTB DRQRB DACKB Block Diagram Channel A SP-REG LAP Controller Decoder Collision Detection DPLL BRG TSA RxCLKA Clock Control AxCLKA TxCLKA RxDA TxDA RTSA CTSA / CxDA Transmit FIFO P Bus Interface Receive FIFO Data Link Controller TxCLKB AxCLKB RxCLKB DMA Interface CTSB / CxDB RTSB TxDB RxDB ITB00946 Channel B Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 162 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (ESCC2) SAB 82532 General Description The Enhanced Serial Communication Controller ESCC2 (SAB 82532) is a multiprotocol data communication controller with two symmetrical serial channels. It has been designed to implement high speed communication links and to reduce hardware and software overhead needed for serial synchronous/asynchronous communications. The version 82532N-10 of the ESCC2 opens a wide area for application which use time division multiplex methods (e.g. time-slot oriented PCM systems, systems designed for packet switching, ISDN applications). General Features Serial Interface * Two independent full-duplex serial channels - On-chip clock generation or external clock source - On-chip DPLL for clock recovery of each channel - Two independent baud rate generators - Independent time-slot assignment for each channel with programmable time-slot length (1 - 256 bits) * Async, sync character oriented (MONOSYNC/BISYNC) or HDLC/SDLC modes (including SDLC LOOP) * Transparent receive/transmit of data bytes without framing * NZR, NRZI, FM and Manchester encoding * Modem control lines (RTS, CTS, CD) * CRC support: - HDLC/SDLC: CRC-CCITT or CRC-32 - (automatic handling for transmit/receive direction) - BISYNC: CRC-16 or CRC-CClTT - (support for transmit direction) * Support of bus configuration by collision detection and resolution * Statistical multiplexing * Continuous transmission of 1 to 32 bytes possible * Programmable preamble (8 bit) with selectable repetition rate (HDLC/SDLC and BISYNC) * Data rate up to 10 Mbit/s * Master clock mode with data rate up to 4 Mbit/s Applications * Universal, multiprotocol communication board for Workstation- and PC-boards * Terminal controllers * Computer peripherals * Time-slotted packet networks * Multimaster communication networks * LANs Type Package Max. Data Rate Clocked ext. int. (DPLL) TimeSlot Mode no yes SAB 82532-N P-LCC-68-1 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s SAB 82532-N-10 P-LCC-68-1 Protocol Support (HDLC / SDLC) * Various types of protocol support depending on operating mode - Auto-mode (automatic handling of S- and l-frames) - Non-auto mode - Transparent mode * Handling of bit oriented functions * Support of LAPB / LAPD / SDLC / HDLC protocol in automode (I- and S-frame handling) * Modulo 8 or modulo 128 operation * Programmable time-out and retry conditions * Programmable maximum packet size checking MP Interface and Ports * 64-byte FlFOs per channel and direction (byte or word access) * 8/16-bit microprocessor bus interface (Intel or Motorola type) * All registers directly accessible (byte and work access) * Efficient transfer of data blocks from/to system memory via DMA or interrupt request * Support of Daisy Chaining and Slave Operation with Interrupt Vector generation * 8-bit programmable bidirectional universal port Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 163 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (ESCC2) SAB 82532 A0 - A6 D0 - D15 Config. Registers LAP B / D Controller Data Link Controller Encoder Decoder Collision Detection RES ALE WR / R / W RD / DS BHE / BLE WIDTH DTACK CS INT INTA IE0 IE1 DRTA DRRA DACKA DRTB DRRB DACKB Channel B DMA Interface Interrupt Interface Bus Interface Unit 16 Timer Transmit FIFO 64 Byte Receive FIFO 64 Byte Channel A RxDA TxDA RTSA CTSA / CxDA CDA - Sync. - Async. - Bisync. Preamble Generator TxCLKA RxCLKA P0 P7 XTAL1 Oscillator XTAL2 RxDB TxDB RTSB CTSB / CxDB CDB TxCLKB RxCLKB ITB01780 Clock Control DPLL TSA BRG 8 Bit Parallel Port Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 164 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (ESCC8) SAB 82538 General Description The Enhanced Serial Communication Controller ESCC8 (SAB 82538) is a data communication device with eight serial channels. It has been designed to implement high speed communication links and to reduce hardware and software overhead needed for serial synchronous/asynchronous communications. The version 82538 H-10 of the ESCC8 opens a wide area for application which use time division multiplex methods (e.g. time-slot oriented PCM systems, systems designed for packet switching, ISDN applications). General Features Serial Interface * Eight independent full-duplex serial channels * On-chip clock generation or external clock source * On-chip DPLL for clock recovery of each channel * Eight independent baud rate generators * Independent time-slot assignment for each channel with programmable time-slot length (1 - 256 bits) * Async., sync. character oriented (MONOSYNC BISYNC) or HDLC/SDLC modes (including SDLC LOOP) * Transparent receive/transmit of data bytes without framing * NZR, NRZI, FM and Manchester encoding * Modem control lines (RTS, CTS, CD) * CRC support: - HDLC/SDLC: CRC-CClTT or CRC-32 (automatic handling for transmit/receive direction) - BISYNC: CRC-16 or CRC-CClTT (support for transmit direction) * Support of bus configuration by collision detection and resolution * Statistical multiplexing * Continuous transmission of 1 to 32 bytes possible * Programmable preamble (8 bit) with selectable repetition rate (HDLC/SDLC and BISYNC) * Data rate up to 10 Mbit/s * Master clock mode with data rate up to 4 Mbit/s Applications * Universal, multiprotocol communication board * Asynchronous and synchronous terminal cluster controllers * LAN gateways and bridges * Multiplexers, cross-connect points, DMI boards * Time-slotted packet networks * Packet switches, packet assemblers/disassemblers Type Package Max. Data Rate Clocked ext. TimeSlot int. (DPLL) Mode no yes SAB 82538-H P-MQFP-160-1 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s SAB 82538-H-10 P-MQFP-160-1 10 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s Protocol Support (HDLC / SDLC) * Various types of protocol support depending on operating mode - Auto-mode (automatic handling of S- and I-frames) - Non-auto mode - Transparent mode * Handling of bit-oriented functions * Support of LAPB / LAPD / SDLC / HDLC protocol in automode (I- and S-frame handling) * Modulo 8 or modulo 128 operation * Programmable time-out and retry conditions * Programmable maximum packet size checking MP Interface and Ports * 64-byte FlFOs per channel and direction (byte or word access) * 8/16-bit microprocessor bus interface (Intel or Motorola type) * All registers directly accessible (byte and word access) * Efficient transfer of data blocks from/to system memory via DMA or interrupt request * Support of Daisy Chaining and Slave Operation with Interrupt Vector generation * 28-bit programmable universal l/Os Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 165 Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (ESCC8) SAB 82538 XTAL1 / 2 RES A0 - A8 Osc. D0 - D15 ALE WR / R / W RD / DS BHE / BLE WIDTH DTACK CS INT INTA IE0 IE1 IE2 28 - BIT PARALLEL PORT TSA DPLL BRG ENDEC DMA Supp. Bus Interface Unit 8 Serial Interface 0 FIFO HDLC Timer SDLC 1 6 7 16 Internal Data Bus 16 2 BISYNC. ASYNC. PA0 - 7 PB0 - 7 PC0 - 7 PD0 - 3 RxD0 RxCLK0 TxD0 TxCLK0 RTS0 CD0 CTS0 / CxD0 DRT0 DRR0 DACK0 ITB05129 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 166 Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (MUNICH32) PEB 20320 General Description The Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (MUNICH32, PEB 20320) is a multichannel protocol controller which handles up to 32 data channels of a fullduplex PCM highway. It performs layer-2 HDLC formatting/ deformatting or transparent modes of the DMI protocol, passing on data to an external memory shared with one or more processors. The MUNICH32 is compatible with the LAPD ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) protocol specified by CClTT as well as with HDLC, SDLC, LAPB DMI protocols. It provides any rate adaptation for time-slot transmission data rates from 64 kbit/s, 56 kbit/s down to 8 kbit/s as well as the concatenation of any time-slots to data channels supporting ISDN superchannels. The MUNICH32 can be used in a wide area of communication applications, e.g. in gateways with fractional T1 interface, l/O multiplexers, central office switches or for the connection of a digital PBX to a host computer or as a central D-channel handler for 32 ISDN basic-access D-channels. Up to four MUNlCH32s can be connected to one PCM highway to implement a controller for 128 D-channels. The PEB 20320 operates in the temperature range 0 to 70 C, the PEF 20320 in the range -40 to 85 C. Features Serial Interface * Up to 32 independent communication channels * Serial multiplexed (full-duplex) input/output for 2048-, 4096-,1544- or 1536-kbit/s PCM highways Dynamic Programmable Channel Allocation * Compatible with T1/DS1 24-channel and CEPT 32-channel PCM byte format * Concatenation of any, not necessarily consecutive, time-slot to superchannels independently for receive and transmit direction * Support of H0, H11, H12 ISDN channels * Subchannelling on each time-slot possible Type PEB 20320-H PEF 20320-H Package P-MQFP-160-1 (SMD) P-MQFP-160-1 (SMD) Bit Processor Functions (adjustable for each channel) Transparent mode or HDLC protocol selectable Automatic flag detection and transmission Shared opening and closing flags Zero-bit insertion and deletion Flag stuffing and flag adjustment for rate adaption Detection of interframe-time-fill change Channel inversion CRC generation and checking (16 or 32 bits) Transparent CRC option Error detection (abort, long frame, short frame, data under and overflow) as well as ABORT/IDLE generation and transmission * V.110, X.30 80-bit framing, network data rate up to 38.4 kbit/s Processor Interface * On-chip 64 channel DMA controller with buffer chaining capability * Compatible with Motorola 68020 processor family and Intel 32-bit processor (80386) * 32-bit data and 32-bit address buses (4-GByte RAM addressable) * Interrupt-circular buffer with variable size * Maskable interrupts for each channel * Burst cycles of up to 16 long words in the generic case are possible * General on-chip receive and transmit data buffer; the buffer size is 256 bytes each * Loop mode, complete loop as well as single channel loop * JTAG-boundary scan test * * * * * * * * * * Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 167 Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (MUNICH32) PEB 20320 TCLK TSP TDATA TEST RESET SCLK JTEST 4 CI (4 : 0) 5 RCLK RSP RDATA CD Serial Interface / Formatter Controller Unit TF Transmit Formatter CSRCM Configuration and State RAM RD Receive Deformatter TB Transmit Buffer CM DMA Controller RB Receive Buffer MI 32 Microprocessor Bus Interface BE A D ADS / DS W / R / READY / HOLD / HLDA BGACK HLDA0 / BERR INT / AR B16 I / M (3 : 0) (31: 2) (31: 0) AS R / W DSACK BR BG BG0 INT ITA03968 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 168 Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Sytems (ADMA) SAB 82C257 SAB 82C258A General Description The SAB 82258A is an advanced general-purpose fourchannel DMA controller tailored for efficient high speed data transfer between peripheral devices and memories. It is either coupled tightly with a companion CPU (local mode) or working in stand alone applications using the remote mode. The SAB 82258A is unique among DMA controllers providing complete direct interfacing to the SAB 80286 as well as to SAB 80186/188/86/88 bus. Its four superfast DMA channels transfer rate up to 10 Mbytes per second are possible. If the maximum transfer rate reaches as much as 20 Mbyte/second. In addition one of the DMA channels may be configured as multiplexer channel so that a large number of low speed peripherals can share the use of the same channel. The interrupt structure belongs to the fastest and most versatile ones available. Multiple SAB 82258A DMAs can be integrated very easily by using a simple local bus arbiter logic. The SAB 82258A is the only DMA controller that provides source or destination-oriented data chaining (two chaining modes) as well as conditional command chaining (jumps within channel program based on several conditions). Type SAB 82C257-1-N Package Speed Muxed Channel P-LCC-68-1 (SMD) 10 MHz no SAB 82C258A-12-N P-LCC-68-1 (SMD) 12 MHz yes SAB 82C258A-20-N P-LCC-68-1 (SMD) 20 MHz yes Features * 16-bit DMA controller for 16-bit family processors - SAB 80286 - SAB 80186 188 - SAB 8086/88 * 4 independent high-speed DMA channels * 16 Mbyte addressing range * 16 Mbyte maximum block length * Memory based communication with CPU * "On-the fly" compare, translate and verify operations * Transfer rates up to 10 Mbyte/s * 32-bit-fly-by transfers with up to 20 Mbyte/s (10-MHz system) * Single cycle and two cycle transfer * Automatic chaining of command blocks * Variable chaining of data blocks * Multiplexer mode operation with up to 32 subchannels * Local and remote (standalone) mode * Support of 16-bit and 8-bit data buses * Multiple programmable control of channel priorities * Direct and fast CPU/channel communication Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 169 Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Sytems (ADMA) SAB 82C257 SAB 82C258A Bus Interface Unit Addr. Address Incrementer L a t c h Address Unit ALU Internal Channel Requests Central Control Priority Logic Byte Count Unit Pointer Registers Byte Counters Instruction Pointer Registers Channel Control Signals Burst Counters Data Temp. Data Registers & Data Path Control Internal Data Bus ROM Data Handler Data Registers Match Registers A L U Bus Control Signals Channel Command Registers Control Status Registers Multiplexer Channel Registers Microinstruction Cache Instruction Registers Pipeline Registers ITS05934 Bus Control CLK RESET Timing Generator Mask Registers Block Diagram SAB 82C258A Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 170 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 171 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Product Overview Type PEB 2254 PXB 4220 PXB 4110 PXB 4230 PXB 4240 PXB 4310 PXB 43201 PXB 43202 Short Title FALCTM54 IWE TM TM Function Frame and Line Interface Component Interworking Element Segmentation and Reassembly Element Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver SDH/SONET Transceiver ATM-Switching Matrix ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set (up) ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set (down) Page 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 184 SARE SDHT ASMTM UTPTTM ASPTM-up ASP -down TM Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 172 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Introduction In the last few years, Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) has made big leaps towards standardization and practicability. Acceptance in the market is high, due to the future need of highspeed networking and seamless internetworking. This new technology perfectly suits these market demands. ATM networks offer bandwidth on demand, thus being capable of matching the user's data needs from sporadic highbandwidth bursts to isochronous constant-bandwidth. ATM technology offers high-speed networks with various bandwidths and works with any type of transmission infrastructure. The very flexible basic structure allows to build and interconnect high-speed WANs, corporate WANs/MANs, backbone LANs, or powerful links to desktop terminals. Traditional telecommunication structures are based on Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), offering fixed-bandwidth timeslots. ATM however sends data only when required, i.e. frames are sent asynchronously. By packing the information in 53-byte cells, including a 5-byte header containing the destination address, data is guided through the network along virtual paths and channels. ATM offers bandwidth on demand with highspeed transmission ranging from kilobytes up to gigabytes per second. Siemens Semiconductor Group addresses the market's demand for this kind of network technology by being a driving force in the standardization activities and providing a complete ATM chipset to the market. ATM-system designers are supported by a family of Siemens ATM devices to build all kind of ATM applications. This ranges from dedicated ICs for Network or Line Interface Cards to powerful ATM switches and transmission devices. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 173 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Building Seamless ATM Networks ATM technology is capable of providing powerful networks for various needs. Such an application could be a large campus network, just as shown in the figure below. In this example, several backbone switches, located at different places, are linked together. However, ATM allows this network to be managed centrally, since all backbone switches are configured to logically constitute one single switch. Workgroups are connected to the backbone via ATM workgroup switches. The functionality of the Siemens ATM chipset, such as the cross connect feature of the ATM-Switching Matrix PXB 4310, allows members of the same workgroups to communicate effectively with each other without occupying the backbone. Only two devices of the Siemens ATM chipset are required to develop ATM-Network Interface Cards for PCs and WS, providing seamless access to the network. AWS AWS Fiber ATM Backbone Switch 622 Mbit/s Fiber Ring ATM Backbone Switch NIC-Board SARE TM UTPT TM UTP cat 3/5 ATM Backbone Switch 155 Mbit/s Fiber ATM Backbone Switch PC/WS ASM TM AWS-Board P UTPT TM UTPT TM UTPT TM UTPT TM Laser UTPT TM UTPT TM SDHT ASP TM ASP TM ASP TM ATM Workgroup Switch Network Interface Card ATM-Workgroup Switch Network Interface Card ITB08483 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 174 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs ATM-Application Examples ATM-Workgroup Switch Instead of using a hub to connect a small number of computers (workgroup), an ATM-work group switch can be applied. Data transmission to the computers is handled by transceiver devices, such as the PXB 4230 for unshielded twisted pair lines, or PXB 4240 for SDH/SONET lines. The actual switching function is performed by the ATM-Switching Matrix (ASM) PXB 4310. This cell switch features 32 inputs and 16 outputs with cross connect functionality. The ASM chip is designed to a special cell format, in order to reduce the pin count and power dissipation. Up-stream and down-stream conversion from the standard 53-byte ATM-cell format to this Siemens proprietary format SLIF (Switch Link Interface) is performed by the ASP chipset PXB 43201 and PXB 43202. 10 x UTOPIA UTPT TM UTPT TM to PCs UTPT TM UTPT TM ASM TM 2x UTOPIA to Server SDHT ASP TM ITB08484 SLIF ASP TM 1 2 to Edge Node Switch 12 ATM Workgroup Switch Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 175 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Network Interface Card (NIC) A Network Interface Card can be designed with a Siemens ATM two-chip solution. It consists of the PXB 4110, which converts data (or video) frames to ATM cells, and a transceiver device. For twisted pair lines, the PXB 4230 (Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver) is used, whereas for optical transmission the PXB 4240 (SDH/SONET Transceiver) is required. Network Interface Card Control UTOPIA Transmission Line UTPT TM or SDHT Line Termination Function SARE TM ATM Layer and AAL 3/4, 5 Functions PCI-Interf. ITB08485 Network Interface Card Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 176 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ICs Evaluation/Demonstration Tools The EASY ATM Demonstration, Evaluation & Development System provides designers of ATM systems with a H/W-and S/W tool kit. The Network Interface Card Evaluation System allows the designer to evaluate and test the following members of the Siemens ATM IC family: The Segmentation and Reassembly Element PXB 4110, the Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver PXB 4230 and the SDH Transceiver PXB 4240. The demonstration system shows the functionality and performance of the Siemens ATM chipset by demonstrating high speed and/or time critical data transfer in multimedia or videoconferencing applications. Easy ATM NIC Board PC / PCI Board with SARE TM and SDHT or UTPT TM STS-1 PXB 4230 (UTPT TM ) UTOPIA STM-1 / STS-3c Opt. Transc. PXB 4240 (SDHT) PXB 4110 (SARE TM ) CPU PCI Interface RAM PCI Bus EASY ATM NIC Board PC / PCI Board with SARETM and SDHT or UTPTTM ITB08486 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 177 Frame and Line Interface Component (FALCTM54) PEB 2254 General Description The Frame and Line Interface Component PEB 2254 (FALC54) is a high sophisticated single-chip solution for primary rate PCM carriers., It may be programmed to operate in either 1.544 Mbit/s (T1) or 2.048 Mbit/s (CEPT) carrier systems. The FALC54 provides the complete functionality of a line interface, a framer, clock generation (2 VCOs) and signaling unit on one chip with greatly increased functionalities. The FALC functions include selectable multiframe, error checking, multiple line codes, alarm reporting, maintenance and performance monitoring. All signaling types are controlled by either the integrated CASsignaling controller or the integrated HDLC controller. Furthermore, the FALC54 allows flexible access to facility data link and service channels. Controlling and monitoring of the devices is performed via a Siemens/Intel/Motorola compatible 8/16-bit data bus. Type PEB 2254-H Features * * * * * * Package P-MQFP-80-1 (SMD) * * * * Covers both standards E1 and T1 On-Chip Line Interface including Data & Clock Recovery On-Chip CAS-CC/CAS-BR Signaling Controller On-Chip HDLC Controller (LAPD, F/DL, Sa-bit data) On-Chip System Clock Generation Unit Meets CCITT, ETSI and AT&T Requirements for use in systems that are compliant with: AT&T CB119, TR-NWT-499, ANSI T1.406, CCITT G.703, G.704, G.706, G.732, G.735-9, G.775, G.823-4, I.431, ETS 300233, V5.1 Interface, V5.2 Interface 8-/16-bit microprocessor interface, Siemens/Intel/Motorola compatible Performance Monitoring support (16-bit error counters, 1 second timer) JTAG-boundary scan interface P-MQFP-80 package Sync. 8X 8 Clock Generation 1T2B HDLC CAS-CC CAS-BR Framer G.821 G.706 app. B FALC TM 54 PEB 2254-H ITB08476 Line Interface System Highway Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 178 Interworking Element (IWETM) PXB 4220 General Description The Interworking Element functions as a gateway between Asynchronous Transfer Mode networks and time-slot based networks. The device supports both the mapping and demapping of ATM cells into/from PDH frame (T1/E1) according to G.804 and the packetizing and depacketizing of n x 64-bit time-slots into/from ATM cells according to AAL1 or AAL0. Target end products are Network and Line Interface Cards supporting the low bit rate UNI according I.432. The IWE can be directly connected to the Siemens ASP chipset via its UTOPIA level 1 interface at the ATM layer. At the physical layer several devices of the Siemens Frame and Line Interface Component PEB 2254 (E1/T1 framer) can be connected to the IWE's serial interface. Type PXB 4220 Features Package P-MQFP-256-1 (SMD) * Single chip full duplex ATM packetizer / depacketizer for several T1/E1 highways * All T1/E1 channels are independently configurable * Structured and unstructured mode * ATM-cell mapping according to G.804 * AAL1 and optional AAL0 functionality * VPI / VCI assignment * Support for partially filled cells * UTOPIA level 1 interface * 16-bit microprocessor interface * Built-in data path loops fortest * JTAG-boundary scan test support * 0.5 m 3.3-V CMOS technology * P-MQFP-256 package IWE TM T1/E1 AAL 0 AAL 1 S/P P/S T1/E1 Processor Interface PXB 4220 UTOPIA Interface 2x8 JTAG 4 ITB08477 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 179 Segmentation and Reassembly Element (SARETM) PXB 4110 General Description The SARE is specifically developed to build up ATM applications such as Network Interface Cards and ATM switches/hubs. This Segmentation And Reasssembly Element converts data (or video) frames to ATM cells. The flexible architecture enables it not only to handle the ATMadaption layers AAL3/4 or AAL5, but also cell FIFO mode to support CBR. The interface for the ATM-physical layer is implemented as industry standard UTOPIA level 1. The device operates this UTOPIA interface in either slave mode, as required by switch/hub applications, or in master mode to be used in NIC (Network Interface Card) products. On the AAL side SARE features a PCl-bus interface. A 0.5- technology with 3.3-V supply ensures a highly integrated and cost effective system design. The SARE enables the implementation of glueless, truly cost optimized solutions for AAL-terminating equipment in ATM networks. Type PXB 4110 Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Package P-MQFP-208-1 (SMD) AAL 3/4 and 5 segmentation/reassembly Transparent mode to support constant bit rate On-chip support of 32 virtual connections Built-in FIFO (2+10 cell receive and 4 cell transmit) Full duplex transfer rate 155.52 Mbit/s VC level OAM-cell detection and CRC-10 calculation Cell rate shaping in transmit direction with up to 8 (dual) leaky buckets Bus master DMA with linked list structure and programmable buffer length Integrated MMU with packet scatter/gather capability Built-in data path loops for self-test purpose JTAG-(IEEE 1149.1) boundary scan 0.5 3.3-V CMOS technology Optional ext. RAM supports up to 64 K virtual connections 32-bit PCI-bus interface UTOPIA level 1 interface P-MQFP-208 package 2x8 UTOPIA Interface SARE TM SAR Unit PXB 4110 PCI Interface 32 JTAG Context RAM Interface DMA 4 32 ITB08478 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 180 Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver (UTPTTM) PXB 4230 General Description The UTPT is a full duplex ATM transceiver for two pairs of twisted pair lines, one for each direction. It supports both the ATT and IBM mode. In AT&T mode provides automatic bit rate adaption depending on the quality of the transmission line. The UTPT communicates with other devices on the ATM side via the industry standard universal multiport UTOPIA interface being compatible with UTOPIA level 1 and level 2. As additional feature, the device is able to transmit 2B+1D ISDN channels when operating in AT&T mode. It also provides an ISDN IOM-2 inter-device interface and as such can be directly connected to Siemens ISDN chips. The UTPT is perfectly suited to be integrated into Network and Line Interface Cards. Type PXB 4230 Features Package P-MQFP-160-1 (SMD) * Single chip full duplex ATM transceiver for unshielded twisted pair cat 3/5 cables * Programmable to AT&T and IBM mode * AT&T mode: STS-1 framing, CAP-n coding 51.84-Mbit/s, 25.92-Mbit/s and 12.96-Mbit/s automatic rate adaption according to cable and B.E.R. * IBM mode: 4b/5b coding, NRZI, 25.6 Mbit/s * Serial, differential in/outputs with direct connection to line transformers * Built-in clock recovery * ATM-layer functions: HEC evaluation, payload descrambling, cell delineation and cell rate decoupling according to ITU-T I.423 * Universal multiport UTOPIA interface compatible to level 1 and level 2 * Complete overhead handling including bit error measurement * 16-bit microprocessor interface * Built-in data path loops for test * Support of JTAG-boundary scan test * 0.5 m 3.3-V CMOS technology * P-MQFP-160 package UTPT TM Sonet / 25.6 PMD Funct. PXB 4230 2x8 Sonet / 25.6 TC Funct. UTOPIA Interface Clock Recovery Processor Interface IOM (R) Interface JTAG Interface 16 Block Diagram 4 ITB08479 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 181 SDH/SONET Transceiver (SDHT) PXB 4240 General Description The SDHT is a complete Synchronous Optical Network Synchronous Digital Hierarchy framer for 155-Mbit/s ATM implementations. It includes Transmission Convergence (TC) Sublayer processing for ATM payloads and performs the framing of data for transmission and receipt from an SHD or SONET-based Physical Layer medium. The flexible architecture allows the chip to operate in two different modes. In ATM mode for use in transmission path equipment, and in VC-4 mode to be used in multiplexer section transmission equipment. The SDHT-chip interfaces with the ATM layer via a standard UTOPIA interface. Communication with the Physical Medium Sublayer is handled via its LVDS-level interface. To control the SDHT, a P can be directly connected to the 16-bit microprocessor I/F. Type PXB 4240 Features Package P-MQFP-160-2 (SMD) * Single chip full duplex ATM transceiver for STS-3c/STM-1 optical transmission lines * Transfer rate 155.52 Mbit/s * Serial, differential in/outputs with LVDS levels according to IEEE 1596.3 * Output of serial, differential data stream with 155.52 Mbit/s * ATM-layer functions: HEC evaluation, payload descrambling, cell delineation and cell rate decoupling according to ITU-T I.423 * UTOPIA interface level 1 * Complete overhead handling (incl. alarms, error measurement, DCC, orderwire) * Error counting with built-in 1 second timer * 16-bit microprocessor interface * Automatic laser shutdown * Built-in data path loops for test * Support of JTAG-boundary scan test * 0.5 m 3.3-V CMOS technology * P-MQFP-160 package, pin compatible with UTPT SDHT SDH STM-1 / SONET STS-3c PXB 4240 UTOPIA Interface 2x8 e.g.: Siemens Single Mode Fiber or Multimode Fiber OC 3 ATM Transceiver Clk Processor Interface JTAG 16 4 ITB08480 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 182 ATM-Switching Matrix (ASMTM) PXB 4310 Advanced Information General Description The ATM-Switching Matrix is a cell switch with a maximum total throughput of 2.5 Gbit/s. The switch has a maximum transport capacity of one STM-1 per output. Furthermore the ASM has the capability of bundling lines to form ports up to 2.5 Gbit/s. The ASM supports both self-routing and multicast. The device can be used as either standalone or in a networked configuration to build switching networks of arbitrary size. In order to achieve a lower pin count and lower power dissipation, the inputs and outputs are realized as serial, differential transmission lines. This Siemens proprietary interface is defined as SLIF (Switch Link Interface) and its electrical characteristics are according to the LVDS standard. Internally the ASM works with 64-byte ATM cells, each cell containing the 53-byte ATM cell extended by routing and housekeeping information. Conversion from 53-byte cell format to SLIF format is done by the Siemens ASP (ATM Switching Preprocessor) chipset PXB 43201/2. Type PXB 4310 Package P-BGA-352 Features * Self-routing switching matrix with multicast capability * High performance: 10E-11 cell loss probability (at 95 % Bernoulli type traffic) * Central buffer architecture provides minimum cell delay variation at high data throughput with up to 2.5 Gbit/s * Routing header provides 48-bit routing address * Scalable architecture from 16 x 16 to 256 x 256 * Configuration as multiplexer/concentrator * I/O aggregation of lines to form 622-Mbit/s and 2.5-Gbit/s ports * Switch Link Interface interconnects (208 Mbit/s serial, differential data link lines) * Switch Link Interface uses LVDS levels for low crosstalk, less interference and low power consumption * Individual phase adaption per input; no separate clock required * 0.5 m 3.3-V CMOS technology * P-BGA-352 package ASM TM Shared Buffer SL SLIF In Intf. Queue Control + Routing PXB 4310 SL Out Intf. SLIF Processor Interface Clk 16 Block Diagram ITB08481 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 183 ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set (ASPTM-up, ASPTM-down) PXB 43201 PXB 43202 Advanced Information General Description The ATM-Switching Preprocessor (ASP) chipset PXB 43201 and PXB 43202 is used to adapt the 53-byte standard ATM cell format to the 64-byte Siemens proprietary format. This cell format, also known as Switch Link Interface (SLIF), is used by the Siemens ATM-Switching Matrix to achieve a lower pin count and reduced power dissipation. At the physical layer side the ASP supports via its UTOPIA interface up to 4 physical layer devices with a total throughput of up to 150 Mbit/s. For example the following number of Siemens devices can be connected with the ASP: Up to 4 Interworking Elements (IWE) or Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceivers (UTPT) or 1 SDH Transceiver (SDHT). The ASP devices are designed to perform header translation and OAM functions according to ITU-T I.610 and Bellcore 1248. Type PXB 43201 PXB 43202 Features Package P-BGA-342 P-BGA-342 * Interfaces directly to ATM-switching networks built with ASM chips * Header translation * Throughput 150 Mbit/s * OAM functions according to ITU-T I.610 and bellcore 1248: - Alarms: generation of AIS/RDI cells for all connections (F4 and F5) - Continuity check: automatic for all connections - Loopback: automatic loop of LB cells - Performance Monitoring: complete HW support for up to 64 connections * Double switch plane support for redundant fail safe switching systems * System Control Information Flow via SLIF Datalink supported * Use external SDRAMs for storage of connection related data * 16-bit general purpose microprocessor interface * JTAG-boundary scan * P-BGA-342 ball grid array package ATM Switching Network UTOPIA Receive Intf. ASP TM -up ASP TM -down UTOPIA Transmit Intf. SLIF SLIF ASM ASM 208 MHz 208 MHz 208 MHz ITB08482 Block Diagram Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 184 Development Systems for Information Technology Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 185 Development Systems for Information Technology System Designs Product Overview Introduction Todays highly complex system development projects make it necessary to have a powerful development environment available additionally to the components themselves. Some of the necessary tools are supplied by the chip manufacturer himself. The tools consist of either component evaluation boards or sometimes even almost ready to copy system designs. Also software chip drivers are often supplied to ease the integration of components into a customer's software design. In some cases software skeleton solutions or even ready to use software is supplied to speed up the whole system design. Besides the tools supplied by the silicon vendor a lot of third party tools are available on the market which can efficiently be used. The support tools supplied by Siemens are typically designed to be used in conjunction with a PC and third party software tools giving a very powerful environment. The application oriented guide describes the different support tools supplied by Siemens in an application oriented way and it gives hints to set up a development environment by adding third party equipment whenever meaningful. This is an application oriented guide meant to provide a fast way into the typical development environments customers need. Such a general approach does of course not necessarily describe the customers specific environment exactly. However it describes the most common ones. 1 1.1 Tools for Analog Line Card Design PCM Codec Filter for Analog Line Cards in Digital Communication Systems The Siemens PCM Codec Filter are fully integrated PCM CODEC and Filter in advanced low power CMOS technology for applications in digital communication systems. Based on a digital signal processing technique programmable digital filters adapt the transmission behaviour especially for AC impedance matching transhybrid balancing frequency response and gain. For analog line card designs in digital communication systems a family of Siemens Codec-Filter ICs can be offered: Codec SICOFI(R) SICOFI(R)-2 SICOFI -4 SICOFI(R)-4 C SLICOFI(R) HV-SLIC (R) Channel per Chip 1 2 4 4 1 1 Part Number PEB 2060 PEB 2260 PEB 2465 PEB 2466 PEB 3065 PEB 4065 Best Application PBX and CO PBX and CO PBX PBX CO CO As shown in the table above the best application for our codec filter ICs may be in a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) and/or in a Central Office (CO). The SICOFI, SICOFI-2 and SICOFI-4 Codec-Filter ICs may also be used in TRUNK applications. The four channel codec filters PEB 2465 and PEB 2466 are the logic continuation of a well established family of Siemens Codec-Filter ICs. The SLICOFI PEB 3065 is a single codec and filter with an optimized high voltage. SLIC interface including all low voltage SLIC functions. The DC-characteristic is fully digitally programmable. Together with the HV-SLIC circuitry PEB 4065, Siemens offers a complete system solution for central office applications. Based on an advanced digital filter concept the PEB 2465 as well as the PEB 3065 provide excellent transmission performance and high flexibility. They fulfill all specifications to relevant CCITT, EIA and LSSGR recommendations. The new filter concept (second generation) leads to a maximum of independence between the different filter blocks. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 186 Development Systems for Information Technology 1.2 Software to Calculate Digital Filter Coefficients 1.3 Hardware Support for Analog Line Cards Different software tools are available to get optimized sets of filter coefficients for the Siemens Codec-Filter lCs easily and quickly. Software SICOFI(R) Codec SICOFI(R) Coefficients Program for PEB 2060 and PEB 2260 Quad SICOFI(R) Coefficients Software for PEB 2465/PEB 2466 SLICOFI(R) Coefficients Software for PEB 3065 Part Number STS 2060 For development different hardware environments are offered for the analog line card design. For additional detailed information please refer also to the description of the Tools for PCM Control and Switching System Designs. To build a typical development environment for an analog subscriber line card one of the following set-ups may be used: Codec Codec Board SICOFI(R) Test Board STUT 2060 SICOFI(R) Test Board STUT 2060 SICOFI(R)-2 Board SIPB 5135 SICOFI(R)-4 Board STUT 2465 Additional Hardware none none 1) or 2) 1) or 2) none QSICOS STS 2465 SICOFI(R) SICOFI(R)-2 SLICOS STS 3065 SICOFI(R)-4 SICOFI(R)-4 C Kit STSI 2466 (SICOFI(R)-4 C Board STUT 2466 EVC50X C Board) SLICOFI(R) SLICOFI(R) Board STUT 3065 1) or 2) Additional Hardware 1. Board configuration: SIPB 5000 + SIPB 5121 + SIPB 5311 2. PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 187 Development Systems for Information Technology 1.3.1 Using the SIPB 5000 PC-Userboard System in Conjunction with a Line Card Module The next figure shows a set-up that is used to measure the SICOFI and SLIC transfer characteristic using a PCM4 by Wandel & Goltermann. In this configuration the PC mainboard SIPB 5000, the Line Card module SIPB 5121, the PCM4 adaptor SIPB 5311 and the SICOFI-4 Board STUT 2465 are used. Instead of using the SICOFI-4 Board STUT 2465 also the SICOFI-2 Board SIPB 5135 or the SLICOFI Board STUT 3065 may be connected via IOM interface to the Line Card Module SIPB 5121. If the STUT 2466 and the SICOFI-4 C are used together, the SIPB 5000 and SIPB 5121 are not required. Instead the microcontroller board EVC50X (Part of STSI 2466 kit) is used to program the SICOFI-4 C. SIPB 5121 Line-Card Module Mainboard SIPB 5000 PCM 4 Adaptor PCM Frame Signal PFS PCM Input SLIC 1 7 4 1 0 8 5 2 Power Supply SLIC 4 SICOFI (R) -4 Board . 9 6 3 - SLIC 2 STUT 2465 CLK OUT PCM IN PCM OUT Analog IN Analog OUT SLIC 3 ITB05748 Set-Up to Measure Transfer Characteristics Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 188 Development Systems for Information Technology 1.3.2 Using the PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 The PERCOFI Board is an universally usable board to measure the SlCOFl-2 SICOFI-4 or SLICOFI. The PERCOFI Board is not only to replace the SICOFI testboard STUT 2060, but also to allow critical performance measurements. The following configuration shows a typical line card application using the STUT 2000 PERCOFI Board and the SICOFI-2 Board SIPB 5135. The PERCOFI Board is programmed via the RS232 interface by using the same trackfiles that are used with the Mainboard SIPB 5000 and the Line Card Module SIPB 5121 to program the codec devices. Instead of using the SICOFI-2 Board SIPB 5135 also the SICOFI-4 Board STUT 2465 or the SLICOFI Board STUT 3065 may be connected to the PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 via IOM interface. 7 4 1 0 8 5 2 . 9 6 3 - PCM 4 RS 232 XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Power Supply PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 SLIC SICOFI (R) -2 SIPB 5135 SLIC ITB05749 Configuration with PERCOFI Board STUT 2000 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 189 Development Systems for Information Technology 1.3.3 Using the SICOFI(R) Test Board STUT 2060 1.3.4 SLIC Boards to be used with the SICOFI(R) Family The SICOFI test board STUT 2060 is a stand-alone board which offers the possibility of connecting any external customer specific SLlCs with the SICOFI PEB 2060/2260 for evaluation of customer specific combinations of SLIC and SICOFI. The next figure shows a set-up that allows measurements and tests covering the transfer functions of the complete subscriber line module. The board is programmable via an RS232 interface by a terminal or PC. The registers of the PBC or PIC and SICOFI can be accessed and therefore the SLIC can be controlled. With the SICOFI testboard the SICOFI PEB 2060 and SICOFI-2 PEB 2260 codec filter devices can be tested. The PCM interface of the board can be connected directly to a PCM4 Wandel & Goltermann test equipment. This set-up allows to test the SLIC hardware and to verify the programmed coefficients, which are calculated with the SICOFI coefficients program. Different customer specific SLlCs or ready designed SLIC boards available from Siemens Semiconductor may be connected to the SICOFI test board STUT 2060 via a 64-pin connector. A collection of SLIC babyboards has been designed to be used with the SICOFI PEB 2060, SICOFI-2 PEB 2260 or SICOFI-4 PEB 2465. Codec PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2465 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2465 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2465 PEB 2060/ 2260 PEB 2465 Available SLIC Module Transformer SLIC Board STM L3000 + L3030 SLIC STM L3000 + L3090 SLIC Ericsson PBL 3736 SLIC Part Number STUS 1001 STUS 3030 STUS 3090 STUS 3736 Ericsson PBL 3762/64 SLIC Harris SLIC HC5502 STUS 3762 STUS 5502 Harris SLIC HC5509 STUS 5509 PCM 4 PCM Frame Signal PFS 7 4 1 0 8 5 2 . 9 6 3 - XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX PCM IN CLK OUT Analog Analog PCM OUT IN OUT Power Supply RS 232 SICOFI Board STUT 2060 SLIC 1 SLIC 2 ITB06113 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 190 Development Systems for Information Technology 2 2.1 Tools for ISDN Basis Rate Line Card Designs U Transceiver Development Tool (2B1Q) Together with the SIPB 5121 Line Card Module the IEC-Q Reference Board SIPB 2091 constitutes the layer-1 functionally needed for the evaluation of various digital line card architectures using 2B1Q technique for interfacing with the U-reference point. 2.2 Introduction to the IEC-Q Reference Board SIPB 2091, SIPB 2092 and SIPB 2092-H The IEC-Q Reference Board was developed to demonstrate the performance of the Siemens IEC-Q (PEB 2091) U-interface transceiver IC. The IEC-Q (ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit) uses 2B1Q code for transmission on U. A single board can be configured by the user to suit multiple operation modes such as LT and NT modes. Test points allow for comfortable monitoring of relevant signals. This enables the developer to quickly comprehend both the IC- and U-interface-related signals. The IEC-Q Reference Board interfaces ISDN transmission lines and terminal areas providing echo cancellation and message recovery using digital techniques. Hence the main use of the IEC-Q Reference Board is to accomplish performance measurements i.e. bit error rate (BER) measurements on the ETSI and ANSI defined loops. The optimized layout of the Reference Board allows for performance measurements in all operation modes available with the IEC-Q. The so called hybrid was developed to reach optimum loop lengths and to cover all 15 ANSI loops as well as the 8 ETSI defined loops. The figure below shows a typical configuration with LT and NT 1 where the interconnection between the two U-transceiver devices is established with means of a dual lead copper wire (U). The SIPB 2092 additionally supports the stand-alone (IOM-2) mode and the P-interface mode. SIPB 2092-H is identical to SIPB 2092 except that a P-TQFP-64 package socket instead of a P-LCC-44 socket is provided. For standalone operation of the IEC-Q, both SIPB 2091 and SIPB 2092 are equally suited. Exchange IOM (R) U LT NT NT1 IOM (R) PC PC ITS05942 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 191 Development Systems for Information Technology 2.3 Bit-Error-Rate Measurement with SIPB 5000 Main Board For bit-error-rate (BER) measurements on U the following add-on modules are required on the LT side in addition to the LT IEC-Q Reference Board: ISDN Terminal Adaptor Module (ITAC(R)) SIPB 5140 LAYER-2 Module SIPB 5120-2 Bit Error Adaptor Module (BEAM) SIPB 5312 The following modules are required for BER measurement on the NT side in addition to the NT IEC-Q Reference Board: LAYER-2 Module SIPB 5120-2 Bit-Error-Adaptor Module (BEAM) SIPB 5312 The configuration below describes the use of standard LT/NT applications for the purpose of BER measurements when supplemented with two BEAM modules. The figure shows the complete SIPB system set-up for a BER measurement in LT-NT direction. Comments: For the bit-error-rate measurement the LT is configured in the LT-512-kHz mode since the BEAM module only supports a 512-kHz-DCL clock rate. With means of the two BEAM modules the BER test equipment can be synchronized to the IOM clock rate as well as insert and extract B1/B2 channel data via IOM. BER measurement is then accomplished by comparing the inserted with the extracted data. A line simulator is used for emulating lines and loops including NEXT noise impairments in order to run performance tests according to the relevant specifications (ETSI/ANSI). TX Ext. Clock RX Data Clock IN BEAM ITAC (R) Layer 2 Data OUT BEAM TX - CL Bit Error Measurement Device RX - CL Layer 2 Mainboard SIPB 5000 Mainboard SIPB 5000 DCL = 512 kHz FSC= 8 kHz DIN DOUT B1 + B2 Testpattern SIPB 2091/2 LT Line Simulator DCL = 512 kHz FSC= 8 kHz DIN Next Noise DOUT SIPB 2091/2 NT B1 + B2 ITS05943 Set-Up for Bit-Error-Rate Measurements Using SIPB 5000 System Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 192 Development Systems for Information Technology 2.4 Bit-Error-Rate Measurements with Bellcore Board (BELL 2091) In conjunction with two IEC-Q Reference Boards, the so called Bellcore Boards provide the most comfortable method to evaluate the PEB 2091 and perform BER measurements. No PC is needed for simulating 2B1Q U-transmission configuration. TX RX Ext. Clock TX - CL Bit Error Measurement Device RX - CL Bellcore LT - Simulator DCL = 512 kHz FSC= 8 kHz DIN DOUT SIPB 2091/2 LT Line Simulator DCL = 512 kHz FSC= 8 kHz DIN DOUT SIPB 2091/2 NT Bellcore LT - Simulator B1 + B2 Testpattern B1 + B2 Loop-Back ITS05944 Set-Up for Bit-Error-Rate Measurements Using Bellcore Board (BELL 2091) Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 193 Development Systems for Information Technology 3 Tools for PCM Control and Switching System Designs Development Environment A Typical Development Environment for Subscriber Line Cards 3.1 3.1.1 The basic module needed to build a line card is either SIPB 5121 or SIPB 5122. Depending on the requirements for layer-1 interface (for digital line cards) and/or CODEC filter (analog line cards) additional modules have to be connected. The following modules may be combined with the line card module: When using the SIPB 5000 ISDN PC-Userboard system in conjunction with a line card module, an engineer is capable of designing his own digital or analog line card board. Interface Analog Analog Analog S interface S interface S interface Uk0 Uk0 UP0 UP0 UP0 Required Module SICOFI(R)-2 Module SLIC SICOFI(R)-4 Board SLIC SLICOFI(R) Board (SLICOFI(R) + HV-SLIC) S-Access Module (ISAC -S) SBCX Layer-1 Module QUAT -S Board Uk0-Layer-1 Module (IEC-Q) QUAT Uk0 Board (AFE + DFE-Q / DFE-T) UP0-Access Module (ISAC -P) OCTAT(R)-P Board UP0 Layer1-Module (IBC) (R) (R) (R) Part Number SIPB 5135 e.g. STUS 5502 STUT 2465/2466 e.g. STUS 5502 STUT 3065 SIPB 5100-0 SIPB 5116 SIPB 5117-S SIPB 2091/2 SIPB 2490/1 SIPB 5104 SIPB 5117-P SIPB 5113 Connection External External External SIPB 5000 SIPB 5000 External SIPB 5000 External SIPB 5000 External SIPB 5000 e.g. S-Interface U-Interface... SAC 1 SAC 2 Layer-1 Module AMC 3 Mainboard SIPB 5000 SIP 5121 / 5122 Line-Card Board AMC 2 80C188 CPU System AMC 1 PC Interface PCM SAC 3 ITB05750 Realization of a Digital Line Card Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 194 Development Systems for Information Technology SAC 2 SIP 5121 / 5122 Line-Card Board AMC 3 Mainboard SIPB 5000 AMC 2 80C188 CPU System AMC 1 PC Interface SAC 1 IOM (R) -2 SAC 3 SICOFI (R) -2 SIPB 5135 a/b SLIC STUS 5502 Example for an Analog Line Card Using External Modules a/b SLIC STUS 5502 ITB05751 3.1.2 A Typical Development Environment for a Switching System working with continuous data streams additional modules (layer-1 modules) have to be connected via a 9-pin-flat cable to the IOM-2 interface. The figure below shows an example how to connect analog as well as digital subscribers to the SIPB 7600: The SIPB 7600 Memory Time Switching Board is a PC/XT/AT based development tool that helps engineers to get familiar with switching and conferencing ICs. Test patterns may be generated on board and put as an input to the switching and conferencing circuits. When SLIC Board STUS 5502 SICOFI (R) -2 Module SIPB 5135 U P0 Board SIPB 5113 U k0 Board SIPB 2091/2092 80C188 CPU System PC Interface MTSX Userboard SIPB 7600 IOM (R) -2 ITB05752 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 195 Development Systems for Information Technology 3.2 3.2.1 The Different Steps in Development Designing the Hardware The SIPB 5000 system can be used as a platform for all development steps. In a later stage it is of course necessary to make a cost optimized design. For this a subset of the board design can be used. All the wiring diagrams are shipped with the board to speed up this process. 3.2.2 Developing the Software In a premature stage of a development it is very useful to verify the design by running program sequences on a similar hardware platform. To manage this task Siemens offers a very comfortable menu-driven testing and debugging software. The package delivered with the userboard allows a direct access to the chip registers by symbolic names. Subsequent accesses may be written to a file and run as a trackfile. Example trackfiles for different configurations are delivered in the package and will be a great help to the user in getting started and to speed up his software development. 4 4.1 Tools for ISDN Basic Rate Terminal Designs A Typical Development Environment for an ISDN Phone or TA The ISDN Telephone Development Board SIPB 8051 is a more or less ready to copy environment to demonstrate the terminal system in silicon using the ARCOFI-SP (PSB 2163), the ISAC-S TE (PSB 2186) and the one-chip controller SAB 80515 with the ISDN protocol software. An ITAC (PSB 2110) for the rate adaption as well as an ISAC-P TE (PSB 2196) for the UPN interface is also onboard. To set up a development environment for serious developments it is best to use both an SlPB 7011A kit as a network terminator being able to simulate the public ISDN and secondly an SIPB 8051 system as the real development platform. Both systems should be connected and of course a PC should be connected to the SIPB 8051 to run a C-Compiler and to download and debug code. The Keil C51 professional package (in USA Franklin C51 package) as well as the development package of the Swedish company lAR Systems (in USA Archimedes) have been used with the SIPB 8051. Their high level language debuggers can be used very efficiently with the SlPB 8051. Both systems should be connected and an 8051 type C-Compiler and high level language debugger should be available. Additionally the IOS software should be used as a very efficient software platform if a public protocol is required. This software is a very compact software solution. It fits on a one chip controller without needing additional memory. For rapid prototyping or PTT approval an E2PROM version of the 80C515A is also available. The Siemens ISDN PC Board Kit SIPB 7011A is based on a very modular tool environment. This allows to configure every existing application just by replacing some modules. The system can be configured as either a terminal itself or as a network simulator. It can be used to program and evaluate the chips but it can also be used to run real software (see IOS). 4 3 2 1 ON ON 4321 AMC 3 AMC 2 Mainboard SIPB 5000 AMC 1 SAC 3 SAC 2 SAC 1 IOM (R) -2 TE Mode SIPB 5130 SIPB 5100 IOM (R) -2 Mode SIPB 5132-SP ITB05753 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 196 Development Systems for Information Technology 4.2 4.2.1 The Different Steps in Development Designing the Hardware 4.2.3 Figuring out the ARCOFI(R)-SP Coefficients for Speakerphone The SIPB 8051 can be used as a platform for all development steps. In a later stage it is of course necessary to do a cost optimized design. For this a subset of the SIPB 8051 design can be used. All the wiring diagrams are shipped with the board to speed this process up. 4.2.2 Developing the Protocol Software A major task in the design work is the development of the public ISDN protocol software. To ease this work Siemens provides the IOS as an almost ready to copy protocol software kernel. IOS has been designed in C and it can be ported in nearly all CPU environments. For the development of ISDN phones or TAs IOS has been ported onto an 80C515. Still it might be necessary to do some modifications or more likely add some features. The board can immediately load code but the use of a high level debugger like the Keil (FRANKLIN) TS51 or the IAR (ARCHIMEDES) C-SPY is recommended. After loading the target system Monitor down to the board the debuggers work perfectly. An emulator is really not required. Siemens Semiconductor Group offers two dedicated, DSP-based speakerphone realizations ARCOFI-SP PSB 2165 and PSB 2163. The first digital speakerphone support was implemented in the ARCOFI-SP PSB 2165, which already exists since 1991. A substantial feature of the ARCOFl-SP is to provide means for minimizing feedback in electrical loops and to compensate for acoustical couplings. Therefore ARCOFI-SP offers 23 parameters which are set by software programming. No further external components or trimming are required. This half-duplex mode is based on a two point speech detection, which controls the mode switching within 125 s. The speakerphone support of the new ARCOFI-SP PSB 2163 is based on a "Stronger-Wins" algorithm. Two speech comparators, one at the acoustic (AE) and one at the line side (LE), mainly control the switching from one active mode to another one. They compare permanently the signal levels of both signal paths and control the influences caused by the echoes at the acoustic side and at the line side. Once, a speech detector has detected speech activity, the comparator switches immediately to the direction where the speech signal is louder than the other one plus the returned echo. This offers the advantage of a completely separate programming of the sensitivity and of the echo control. The sensitivity is adjusted by the speech detectors and the speech comparators control the different feedback paths at the acoustic side and at the line side. SAB 80C535 PSB 2110 SIEMENS IOS PSB (2165) 2163 PSB 2120 PSB 2186 PSB 2196 SIPB 8051-SP (optional) ITB05754 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 197 Development Systems for Information Technology The ARCOFI(R)-SP allows the control of electrical feedbacks. It is recommended, however, to have the majority of the acoustic couplings minimized before, by an optimum design of the telephone case. For both ARCOFI-SPs there is very comfortable coefficient software called ARCOS-SP PLUS which eases and reduces any optimizations to just a simple task at the PC. Thanks to the DSP realization, the main operational functions are all parameterized. This technique offers a high level of flexibility and reproducibility. An enormous advantage is the reduction of the optimization time. With a special adaptor1) it is possible to optimize the speakerphone system using just one link. The iterated procedure of "Building-up a line Testing Deactivating the link Opening the telephone case Resoldering some RC elements Closing the case" is reduced to a comfortable computer session focusing on the real work: the optimization of the switching behaviour. The speakerphone maintenance/test function of the ARCOFI-SP supports the transparency of these modes which are mentioned above (refer to Application Hints for ARCOFI-SP Users). 1) Hardware Development GOLDplus Evaluation System The Siemens GOLDplus evaluation system comprises all parts of a GSM full rate and half rate handset. It consists mainly of the GOLDplusX GSM baseband board and the GOLDplus GSM RF board as shown in figure 1. On the GOLDplusX baseband board all Siemens GOLDplus baseband devices are located including the system controller GOLD-C (PMB 2706), the signal processor GOLD-SP (PMB 2707), the digital-to-analog conversion device GAIM (PMB 2905) and optionally the half-rate coprocessor GOLD-SX (PMB 2708). All required memory devices like FLASH memory and RAM are also found on this board. Suitable periphery like LCD display and keypad complete the system to a fully functional handset. The connector to the RF board carries all baseband I- and Q-signals in both receive and transmit direction and all RF-control signals from GOLD-C. On the GOLDplus GSM RF board all the Siemens GSM RF devices are located including the transmitter PMB 2240, the receiver PMB 2405, the PLL PMB 2307 and the power amplifier consisting of CGY 92 and CGY 120. The GOLDplus demo system permits evaluation of all features of the GOLDplus chip set, both for the baseband as well as the RF part. By adding the PMB 2708 half-rate coprocessor the baseband may be upgraded optionally to half-rate operation. Critical parameters like power consumption or equalizer performance can be measured. Cost estimations for a customer handset can be based upon the bill of materials of the board. GOLDplusX Baseband Board Software Development Platform GOLDplusX board permits the customer getting started immediately with his GSM software development without having to wait for his own board prototypes. It provides an optimum debugging platform not only for the GOLD-C C166 system controller but also for the DSP cores if customer specific features have to be implemented in DSP firmware. Besides getting quickly acquainted with the baseband functionality the board permits easy and complete control of the RF-chip set using the GOLD-C controller functions. This is especially useful for evaluation and fine tuning of the RF-board functionality. Refer to the application Note "Adaptor to program ARCOS-SP in customer hardware with Siemens ISDN PC User Board and ARCOS-SP PLUS" 5 5.1 Tools for GSM Telephone Designs A Typical GOLDplus Development Environment The development of a GSM handset splits up into development of GSM hardware and GSM software. Up to a certain stage development will run in parallel converging more and more prior to GSM type approval. Hardware development splits up into development of the baseband part and the RF part with the RF part requiring considerable experience and know-how. Siemens along with its partners offers support for all stages of both hardware and software development permitting even newcomers to the GSM arena to get started quickly. For application of the GOLDplus chip set Siemens offers local as well as central support from headquarters in Munich. UK based Symbionics offers development of a complete GSM hardware according to customer requirements. For development of the RF hardware they build upon their profound RF experience. Munich based OPTIMAY offers mature GSM software with an easily customizable MMI. The development of a GSM handset requires both optimum hardware and software development tools to meet time scales in a rapidly moving market. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 198 Development Systems for Information Technology SIEMENS SIEMENS PMB 2706 GOLD C SIEMENS PMB 2707 GOLD SP SIEMENS RX PMB 2405 TX PMB 2240 RAM PLL PMB 2307 FLASH SIEMENS PMB 2905 GAIM SIEMENS PMB 2708 GOLD SX PA CGY 92 PA CGY 120 GOLDplusX GSM Rf Board GOLDplusX GSM Baseband Board LCD 1 4 7 2 5 8 0 3 6 9 # SIM * ITS08202 Figure 1 GOLDplus Evaluation System Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 199 Development Systems for Information Technology 6 6.1 Tools for DECT-Cordless Telephone Designs A typical Development Environment for a DECT-Home System 6.2 6.2.1 Development Steps Designing the Hardware For DECT-home system development projects, there is a complete hardware and software solution available, which was designed to provide a first prototype to the customer. It actually covers all the necessary functional blocks and is fully operational, when connected to an analog telephone network. The effort was made in order to speed up the development of a DECT-home system and to provide a system hardware for immediate software development. Besides the tremendous know how, especially on the RF part, which is necessary for designing DECT phones, it is now the first time that a european standard protocol has to be matched. The DECT standard actually defines a very complex layered protocol. To implement that standard, a tremendous software development effort has to be made. This part of a DECT project is considered to be done in parallel to the final hardware design. The DECT-user board system provides a hardware development platform today which allows customer's software group to start working immediately. In order to speed up this process, all the wiring diagrams are shipped with the boards. Major parts of the hardware shipped can of course be used for the final design. This is especially true for the SWUD 1300 RF board. The SWUD 3020E or SWUD 3025 board respectively has of course to be replaced by the PMB 2720X or PMB 2725X chip along with the E2PROM and the PMB 2920 chips. However, their interconnection can be taken from of the shipped wiring diagrams of the SWUD board. The SWUD 1100 board will typically need to be customized because it is very likely that one wants to use a different keyboard layout or a customized display etc. The major parts of the SWUD 1200 board can again be used to design a real base station telephone line interface. 6.2.2 Developing the Software A major task in the design work is the development of the DECT-protocol software. The effort is considered to be several man years. The SWUD 3500 setup is designed to support software development projects. The memory layout has been designed in close cooperation with Compiler and Debugger suppliers, with the result that C51 Debuggers can run in this environment. Handheld SWUD 1300 PMB 2220 PMB 2420 PMB 2306 Base Station SWUD 1300 PMB 2220 PMB 2420 PMB 2306 Handset PMB 27201 PMB 27251 PMB 2920 PSB 4500 Tip / Ring PMB 2920 SWUD 3020E SWUD 3025 SWUD 1200 SWUD 1100 ITS08203 Figure 2 A Typical Development Environment for a DECT-Home-System Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 200 Development Systems for Information Technology The board can immediately load software, but the use of a high-level language debugger like the Keil (Franklin) TS51 is recommended. The monitor program of this third party software package is already shipped with the board to get user started more quickly. For most of the software debugging, an emulator is not really required. But in addition to the described software monitoring by a software debugger, there is also a hardware emulator available from Kleinhenz Electronic. It seems to be a good approach to use the software debugger for most of the daily work, but to have one emulator available for tricky real-time debugging and for final target system software implementations. Besides hardware, there is also code available to support the development. There is a low level device driver software available which controls the chips. In addition to that, the source code package PRODECT adds a complete software implementation for a typical home system. This includes all the layers and saves the abovementioned several man years. PRODECT is marketed as a one time buy out license. It implements the complete DECT standard, and by using PRODECT the customer's software effort is decreased to about 10% for customized modifications. 7 Tools for Universal RF Circuit Designs For the various RF circuits there are test boards available for evaluation. For distinct applications like the DECT-systemoriented family of user boards a complete RF application has been put together to complete the baseband tool set as a system solution. Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 201 Development Systems for Information Technology 8 Tools for ISDN Primary Rate System Designs The Evaluation System for Primary Rate Interface SIPB 7520 comprises a modular hardware and software architecture. It contains a typical Primary Rate Interface system application based on the Siemens devices HSCX (SAB 82525), ACFA (PEB 2035) and the new PRACT (PEB 22320). 8.1 SIPB 7520 Hardware The SIPB 7520 hardware consists of a PC base board equipped with an 80188 coprocessor system and an extender board, the new PRACT Evaluation Board, as shown in the following figure. The base board comprises an 80188 microcontroller, 128 Kbyte local RAM and a DP RAM-based interface to the PC. The PRACT Evaluation Board itself can be used in all applications using E1 or T1 transmission systems. It reflects the features of the Siemens components for a typical application like Primary Access TE, especially the new PRACT device, which contains in addition to the line transceiver a powerful clock generator with PLL. Signaling procedures like CAS or CCS as well as bit-robbed signaling can also be performed. 8.2 SIPB 7520 Software The SIPB 7520 software comprises the PC Evaluation Software, which realizes the general user access to the Primary Rate Interface system and the Device Driver Software for the Siemens Communication ICs, which can be downloaded onto the SIPB 7520 PC Board. The Device Driver Software contains in addition to a standard HDLC Device Driver Module for the HSCX two new Device Driver Modules for the ACFA V4.1 and PRACT supporting E1 (CRC4) and T1 (ESF, CRC6) systems. SIPB 75xx Base Board SAB 80188 Coprocessor System SIPB 7520 Extender Board Primary Rate Interface with PRACT, ACFA and HSCX ITB06119 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 202 Development Systems for Information Technology 8.3 Primary Rate Extender Board The block diagram of the Primary Rate Extender Board of figure above shows the main parts of the SlPB 7520 PRACT User Board: * ISDN Primary Access Clock Generator and Transceiver (PRACT) PEB 22320 * Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA) PEB 2035 * High-level Serial Communications Controller eXtended (HSCX) SAB 82525 * Microprocessor System based on SAB 80188 * Configuration field for E1/T1 applications * Service Access Connector to physical line and for external measurements * Extender Board Connector * PC Interface Connector The most important devices of the SIPB 7520 PRACT Evaluation Board are the Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (ACFA), the ISDN Primary Access Clock Generator and Transceiver (PRACT) and the High level Serial Communications Controller eXtended (HSCX). The ACFA contains the main parts of the layer-1 functions of the Primary Rate Interface and performs frame alignment to the incoming data stream. Its activity is supported by the PRACT linking the dual rail interface of the ACFA to E1 or T1 transmission lines which may be accessed via the Service Access Connector (SAC). A dedicated overvoltage protection circuitry is included and screens against voltage surges on the physical line. The HSCX supports optimized high speed data transmission on DMA or interrupt request using HDLC protocols. It is employed as signaling controller as well as controller for data transmission in time-slot oriented transmission systems. Both channels A and B of the HSCX can be used either for signaling or for data transmission. All clocks required by the ACFA and the HSCX are generated by the integrated clock PLL of the PRACT. Configuration Field E1 / T1 Service Access Connector HSCX SAB 82525 ACFA PEB 2035 PRACT PEB 22320 Overvoltage Protection Base Board SAB 80188 CPU System ITB06120 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 203 Development Systems for Information Technology 9 Tools for Communication Networks System Designs Datacom Application Board EASY532 9.1 The Evaluation & Development System EASY532 provides a hardware and software development tool for communication system applications with the serial communication controller SAB 82532 (ESCC2) using the PC as interface to the user. The relevant features of the SAB 82532 (ESCC2) are supported. Due to its original concept the Datacom ESCC2-Userboard EASY532 assists an engineer in developing his own applications. It reduces greatly the time spent for hardware and software development in offering not only a ready-to-use circuitry but also a plain and reliable software for operating, modifying, and testing the hardware according to one's own pretensions and requirements. Thus using the Datacom ESCC2-Userboard EASY 532 in a short time leads to a stable hardware development; it provides level-1 and level-2 software support while creating and testing own application software. The hardware is designed such as to fit into an expansion slot any PC/XT/AT or compatible. Thus after some simple configuring procedures (e.g. selecting l/O address by means of switches) and insertion of the board into the PC the circuit is just ready for use. This Datacom Application System comprises an SDA 80186 coprocessor system, a PC Interface with 2-Kbyte Dual Port RAM and the Communication IC ESCC2 from Siemens. Software for EASY 532 The main features of this powerful integrated Evaluation and Development Software System are: * The Device Driver Software consists of a Device Driver System, including the start-up sode and a run-time library for the EASY 532 80186-coprocessor system. Over 95% of the Device Driver Software is written in C and available in source code. * The Device Driver Software contains optimized Device Driver Modules especially written for the Communication IC ESCC2 from Siemens. These modules demonstrate the features, power and flexibility of the Siemens Communication ICs. The Device Driver Modules are completely written in C. They support the different protocol modes of the ESCC2, e.g. ASYNC, BISYNC, HDLC/ SDLC. * An Application Program Interface (API) for the C language helps writing individual application software for the PC, communicating via a standard interface (C/l Mailbox Interface) with Device Driver Software on the coprocessor board. The program EXAMPLE gives a first idea of how to apply the C/I Mailbox API in a simple PC-application program. * The EASY532 tool comprises Downland, Debugging and Single Step test features, as well as Sequential Test capabilities. Its main purpose is to simplify the control and verification of Device Driver Software developed on the PC. This driver software can directly be downloaded on the coprocessor board for real-time applications. Furthermore the window driven Register Access Editor presents the Siemens Communication IC ESCC2 in a user-friendly manner. The time, that has to be spent for learning how the chip architecture looks like and how the chip works in principle is reduced to a minimum. * Application specific software can be developed by the user using so called "application modules" ( apm.c, apm.h). This modules are linked to the Device Driver Software and downloaded on the Datacom Board, thus providing a high performance real time data communication system. * Line drivers like RS232-, RS422-, RS485-drivers, or even optical modules can be connected to the EASY 532 board. Using such drivers or modules different system configurations can be supported, e.g. Master Slave, Multi-Master, Point To Point. EPROM SAB 80C186 RAM ESCC2 RS232 RS422 RS485 Opt. Module Serial I / O Channel A Channel B PC Interface ITB06121 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 204 Development Systems for Information Technology 9.2 EASY320 Evaluation System for MUNICH32 General Overview The Evaluation System for the MUNICH32 comprises modular hardware and software components especially optimized to demonstrate the excellent performance of the MUNICH32 device in a real communication subsystem. The hardware is divided into a 32-bit CPU base board and an appropriate extender board, which contains an individual system application with the MUNICH32 (e.g. Primary Rate Interface). The associated software structure for use with this hardware architecture consists of dedicated device driver software running on the communication subsystem and the corresponding Evaluation Software EASY320 on the PC host system. The device driver software is available in C source code. With a standard C cross development package for the 32-bit CPU it is possible to generate executable code which can be downloaded onto the communication subsystem with the EASY320 download utility. For a quick start using the MUNICH32 device in such a minimum reference system a sophisticated Windows user interface is built into the EASY320 PC-Evaluation Software especially designed for the MUNICH32 shared memory data structures. This user interface simplifies the direct access to the MUNICH32 device by mapping the MUNICH32 data structures to corresponding window structures on the PC. Applications * Intuitive learning by doing "How the MUNICH32 behaves in a real system" * Realization of individual system applications * Development and test of individual MUNICH32 device driver software MUNICH32 Extender Board MC 68040 Communication Processor Base Board ITB06122 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 205 Development Systems for Information Technology PC Evaluation Software EASY320 The PC Evaluation Software EASY320 is a single MS-Windows application program containing mainly the following functional modules: * Download of communications software onto the EASY320 communication subsystem * Single Step Test of downloaded communications software via the exchange of C/l Messages * Direct Chip Level Access to MUNICH32 shared memory data structures The initial screen view is illustrated in the following figure. File Edit Chip Level Test T Options C L EASY32 Evaluation Software for MUNICH32 - EASY32 Log View Window Help MUNICH32 Shared Memory Action Specification Interrupt Specification Timeslot Assignment (Channel 0 ... 31) Channel Specification (Channel 0 ... 31) Current Rc Descr. Addr. (Channel 0 ... 31) Current Tx Descr. Addr. (Channel 0 ... 31) Interrupt Circular Queue Receive Descriptor Channel 0 Receive DATA Channel 0 Transmit Descriptor Channel 0 Transmit DATA Channel 0 Receive Descriptor Channel 0 Receive DATA Channel 0 Transmit Descriptor Channel 0 Transmit DATA Channel 0 Action Request EASY32 Log Message: AR_ACK_V2.1 ld: 1 Description: Source: 3 Destination: 0 Entity: 0 Data Length: 0 Msg-Type: Indication ; 17.03.1994 16:12 - Download of file: F:\EASY320\940302.MBF ; -> AR-ACK-V2.1, 3, 0, 0 Program running NUM ITA06123 EASY320 Initial Screen View Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 206 Package Information Package Outlines of the desribed Products are shown in our Databook "Package Information" Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 207 Package Information Datenbuch Gehause Information" Der Bereich Halbleiter stellt dem interessierten Leser, praktischen Anwender und Kunden seine Gehausevielfalt vor und gibt zusatzlich Informationen zu den Themen, die im Gesamtzusammenhang mit Gehausen stehen. Die Gehausethematik gewinnt nicht nur fur den Halbleiterhersteller als Folge groer werdender Chips sowie steigender Arbeitsfrequenz immer mehr an Bedeutung, sondern gerade auch fur den Verarbeiter und Kunden, der mit einer standig wachsenden Vielfalt an Gehausen hinsichtlich Pinzahl, Anschluraster und Gehauseabmessungen konfrontiert wird. Aus diesem Grunde sollte die Auswahl der Produkte nicht nur auf den Chip, sondern auch auf die Gehause und damit auf die spatere Verarbeitung bezogen werden, um die Machbarkeit und Wirtschaftlichkeit sicherzustellen. Das Einfuhrungskapitel behandelt die weltweite Gehausestruktur und deren Trend fur die Zukunft und die sich aus der zunehmenden Diversifizierung an Gehausen ergebende Problematik fur den Verarbeiter. Die Kapitel 2 bis 4 behandeln detailliert Abmessungen, Kenngroen und Beschriftungen der typischen Gehause des Bereichs Halbleiter Der Verpackung haben wir wegen ihrer steigenden Bedeutung als Bindeglied zwischen Halbleiterhersteller und Verarbeiter ein eigenes Kapitel (5) gewidmet. Nutzliche Hinweise zur Verarbeitung von Bauelementen enthalt Kapitel 6. Die einzelnen Prozeschritte werden beschrieben und die Vor- und Nachteile der unterschiedlichen Verfahren diskutiert. Auf die Verarbeitung feuchteempfindlicher ICs sowie auf elektrostatisch gefahrdeter Bauelemente ESD wird gesondert eingegangen . Ein Gehauseverzeichnis rundet das GehauseDatenbuch ab Databook "Package Information" The Siemens Semiconductor Group wishes to introduce interested readers, practical users, and its customers to its numerous packages, and to present information on the subjects directly associated with packages. Packaging is becoming increasingly important as a consequence of larger chips and higher operating frequencies, not only for the semiconductor manufacturer but specifically for processors and customers confronted with a steadily growing variety of packages with regard to pin count, pin raster and package sizes. For this reason, product selection should involve not just the chip but also the packages and, consequently, subsequent processing in order to ensure feasibility and economy The opening section deals with the worldwide pattern of packages and their future trend, while special mention is made of the problems facing processors as a result of increasing package diversification. Sections 2 to 4 present a detailed discussion of dimensions, characteristics, and markings of typical packages from the Semiconductor Group. In view of its rising importance as a link between the manufacturer of semiconductors and their processors a whole chapter (5) has been devoted to packing. Useful advice on processing devices is contained in Section 6. The different process stages are described, and the pros and cons of the different methods are discussed. Special mention is made of processing humidity-sensitive ICs and anti-ESD measures. A list of packages, completes the Package Data Book. Bestell-Nr.: B192-H6636-G1-X-7400 (Siehe auch Abschnitt Literaturhinweise") Ordering No.: B192-H6636-G1-X-7400 (see refer section "Information on Literature") Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 208 Summary of Types Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 209 Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order Type PEB 2025-N PEB 2025-P PEB 2026T-P PEB 2026T-S PEB 20320-H PEB 2035-N PEB 2035-P PEB 2045-N PEB 2045-P PEB 2046-N PEB 2046-P PEB 2047-16-N PEB 2047-N PEB 2052-N PEB 2054-N PEB 2055-N PEB 20550-H PEB 20560 PEB 2060-N PEB 2060-P PEB 2070-N PEB 2070-P PEB 2075-N PEB 2075-P PEB 2080-N PEB 2080-P PEB 2081-N PEB 2084-H PEB 2085-N PEB 2085-P PEB 2086-H PEB 2086-N PEB 20901-N PEB 20901-P PEB 20902-N PEB 20902-P PEB 2091-N PEB 2095-N PEB 2095-P PEB 20950-N PEB 20950-P PEB 2096 PEB 22320-N PEB 2236-N PEB 2236-P Short Title lEPC lEPC IHPC IHPC MUNlCH32 ACFA ACFA MTSC MTSC MTSS MTSS MTSL-16 MTSL PIC EPIC(R)-S EPlC(R)-1 ELIC(R) DOC SICOFI(R) SICOFI(R) lCC lCC IDEC(R) IDEC(R) SBC SBC SBCX QUAT(R)-S ISAC(R)-S ISAC(R)-S ISAC(R)-S ISAC(R)-S IEC-T IEC-T IEC-T IEC-T IEC-Q IBC IBC ISAC(R)-P ISAC(R)-P OCTAT(R)-P PRACT IPAT(R)-2 IPAT(R)-2 Function ISDN Exchange Power Controller (SMD) ISDN Exchange Power Controller ISDN High Voltage Power Controller (SMD) ISDN High Voltage Power Controller (SMD) Multichannel Network lnterface Controller for HDLC (SMD) Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (SMD) Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner Memory Time Switch CMOS (SMD) Memory Time Switch CMOS Memory Time Switch Small (SMD) Memory Time Switch Small Memory Time Switch Large (SMD) Memory Time Switch Large (SMD) PCM Interface Controller (SMD) Extended PCM Interface Controller-Small (SMD) Extended PCM Interface Controller (SMD) Extended Line Card Controller (SMD) DSP Oriented PBX Controller (SMD) Signal Processing Codec Filter (SMD) Signal Processing Codec Filter ISDN Communications Controller (SMD) ISDN Communications Controller ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller (SMD) ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller S-Bus Interface Circuit (SMD) S-Bus Interface Circuit S/T-Bus Interface Circuit Extended (SMD) Quadruple S/T-Transceiver (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Burst Transceiver Circuit (SMD) ISDN Burst Transceiver Circuit ISDN Subscriber Access Controller (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller Octal Transceiver for UPN Interfaces (SMD) Primary Access Clock and Transceiver Component (SMD) ISDN Primary Access Transceiver (SMD) ISDN Primary Access Transceiver 210 Page 121 121 106 106 167 132 132 147 147 150 150 153 151 89 90 91 92 122 94 94 107 107 109 109 110 110 111 112 61 61 61 61 114 114 114 114 113 119 119 63 63 120 139 134 134 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order Type PEB 2254-H PEB 2260-N PEB 2445-N PEB 2465-H PEB 2466-H PEB 24901 PEB 24902 PEB 24911 PEB 3035-N PEB 3035-P PEB 3065-N PEB 4065-T PEF 2026T-P PEF 2026T-S PEF 20320-H PEF 2035-N PEF 2035-P PEF 2045-N PEF 2045-P PEF 2054-N PEF 2055-N PEF 2070-N PEF 2075-N PEF 2080-N PEF 20901-N PEF 20902-N PEF 2091-N PEF 2236-N PEF 2236-P PEF 2260-N PEF 24902 PEF 24911 PEF 3035-N PEF 3035-P PEF 3065-N PEF 4065-T PMB 2200-S PMB 2200-T PMB 2201-R PMB 2202-R PMB 2205-S PMB 2205-T PMB 2207-R PMB 2220-S PMB 2240-F Short Title FALCTM54 SICOFI(R)-2 MUSACTM-A SICOFI(R)-4 SICOFI(R)-4 C Quad IEC DFE-T Quad IEC AFE Quad IEC DFE-Q PRISM PRISM SLICOFI(R) HV-SLIC IHPC IHPC MUNICH32 ACFA ACFA MTSC MTSC EPlC(R)-S EPIC(R)-1 ICC lDEC(R) SBC IEC-T IEC-T IEC-Q IPAT(R)-2 lPAT(R)-2 SICOFI(R)-2 Quad IEC AFE Quad IEC DFE-Q PRISM PRISM SLICOFI(R) HV-SLIC Function Frame And Line Interface Component (SMD) Dual Channel Codec Filter (SMD) Multipoint Switching and Conferencing Unit Attenuation (SMD) Signal Processing Codec Filter (SMD) Signal Processing Codec Filter (SMD) 4 Channel ISDN Echo-Cancellation Digital Front End (SMD) Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit Analog Front End (SMD) Quad ISDN 2B1Q Echocanceller Digital Front End (SMD) Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller (SMD) Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller Signal Processing Subscriber Line Interface Codec Filter (SMD) High Voltage Subscriber Line (SMD) ISDN High Voltage Controller (SMD) ISDN High Voltage Controller (SMD) Multichannel Network Interface Controller for HDLC (SMD) Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner (SMD) Advanced CMOS Frame Aligner Memory Time Switch CMOS (SMD) Memory Time Switch CMOS Extended PCM Interface Controller-Small (SMD) Extended PCM Interface Controller (SMD) ISDN Communication Controller (SMD) ISDN D-Channel Exchange Controller (SMD) S-Bus Interface Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Echo Cancellation Circuit (SMD) ISDN Primary Access Transceiver (SMD) ISDN Primary Access Transceiver Dual Channel Codec Filter (SMD) Quad ISDN Echo-Cancellation Circuit Analog Front End (SMD) Quad ISDN 2B1Q Echocanceller Digital Front End (SMD) Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller (SMD) Primary Rate Interface Signaling and Maintenance Controller Signal Processing Subscriber Line Interface Codec Filter (SMD) High Voltage Subscriber Line (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator (SMD) (Shrink) Direct Vector Modulator (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator + Mixer (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator (SMD) (Shrink) Direct Vector Modulator (SMD) Direct Vector Modulator + Upconverter Mixer (SMD) (Shrink) DECT Transmitter (SMD) (Shrink) GSM Transmitter (SMD) 211 Page 136/178 96 154 97 99 116 117 118 135 135 100 101 106 106 167 132 132 147 147 90 91 107 109 110 114 114 113 134 134 94 117 118 135 135 100 101 37 37 38 38 41 41 42 33 21 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order Type PMB 2245-F PMB 2247-F PMB 2302-R PMB 2303-R PMB 2306-R PMB 2306-T PMB 2307-R PMB 2308-R PMB 2309-R PMB 2313-T PMB 2314-T PMB 2330-T PMB 2331-T PMB 2332-R PMB 2333-R PMB 2401-S PMB 2401-T PMB 2402-S PMB 2405-F PMB 2407-F PMB 2420-S PMB 2705-F PMB 2706-F PMB 2707-F PMB 2708-F PMB 27201 PMB 27202 PMB 27251 PMB 27252 PMB 2727-H PMB 2728-H PMB 2900-H PMB 2905-F PMB 2920-S PSB 2110-H PSB 2110-N PSB 2110-P PSB 21525-H PSB 21525-N PSB 2160-N PSB 2160-P PSB 2161 PSB 2163-N PSB 2163-P PSB 2163-T Short Title GOLD GOLD-C GOLD-SP GOLD-SX GBBC GAIM lTAC(R) lTAC(R) ITAC(R) HSCX-TE HSCX-TE ARCOFI(R) ARCOFI(R) ARCOFl(R)-BA ARCOFl(R)-SP ARCOFI(R)-SP ARCOFI(R)-SP Function PCN Transmitter (SMD) PCS Transmitter (SMD) 1.25-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler (SMD) (Shrink) 2.5-GHz Dual PLL with Prescaler (SMD) (Shrink) PLL Frequency Synthesizer (SMD) (Shrink) PLL Frequency Synthesizer (SDM) PLL Frequency Synthesizer (SMD) (Shrink) 1.25-GHz PLL with Prescaler (SMD) (Shrink) 2.5-GHz PLL with Prescaler (SMD) (Shrink) 1.1-GHz Prescaler (SMD) 2.1-GHz Prescaler (SMD) 2.0-GHz Mixer (SMD) 2.0-GHz Mixer (SMD) 1.1-GHz LNA + Mixer (SMD) (Shrink) 3-GHz LNA/Driver + Mixer (SMD) (Shrink) Receiver/Demodulator Circuit (SMD) (Shrink) Receiver/Demodulator Circuit (SMD) Broadband Receiver/Vector Demodulator (SMD) GSM Receiver (SMD) PCN/PCS Receiver (SMD) DECT Receiver (SMD) (Shrink) GSM One-Chip Logic Device (SMD) GOLD System Controller (SMD) GOLD Signal Processor (SMD) GSM Co-Processor for Advanced Features (SMD) DECT Digital Circuit for Handhelds (SMD) DECT Digital Circuit for Handhelds (SMD) DECT Digital Circuit for Basestations (SMD) DECT Digital Circuit for Basestations (SMD) DECT Multichannel Burst Mode Controller (SMD) DECT PBX (SMD) GSM Baseboard Codec (SMD) GSM Analog Infterfacing Module (SMD) DECT Analog Circuit (SMD) (Shrink) ISDN Terminal Adaptor Circuit (SMD) ISDN Terminal Adapter Circuit (SMD) ISDN Terminal Adaptor Circuit High-Level Serial Communications Controller for Terminals (SMD) High-Level Serial Communications Controller for Terminals (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter Audio Ringing Codec Filter Basic Function (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter Audio Ringing Codec Filter (SMD) 212 Page 21 21 45 45 47 47 47 49 49 51 51 52 52 53 54 43 43 44 23 23 34 14 16 18 18 28 28 29 29 30 31 19 20 32 74 74 74 75 75 68 68 69 70 70 70 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Summary of Types in Alphanumerical Order Type PSB 2165-N PSB 2165-P PSB 2186-H PSB 2186-N PSB 2186-P PSB 2196-H PSB 2196-N PSB 2197-T PSB 7110-F PSB 7280-H PXB 4110 PXB 4220 PXB 4230 PXB 4240 PXB 4310 PXB 43201 PXB 43202 SAB 82525-H SAB 82525-N SAB 82526-N SAB 82532-N SAB 82532-N-10 SAB 82538-H SAB 82538-H-10 SAB 82C257-1-N SAB 82C258A-12-N SAB 82C258A-20-N SAF 82525-N SAF 82526-N Short Title ARCOFI(R)-SP ARCOFI(R)-SP ISAC(R)-S TE ISAC(R)-S TE ISAC(R)-S TE ISAC(R)-P TE ISAC(R)-P TE SmartLink-P ISAR JADE SARETM IWETM UTPTTM SDHT ASMTM ASPTM-up ASPTM-down HSCX HSCX HSCX ESCC2 ESCC2 ESCC8 ESCC8 ADMA ADMA ADMA HSCX HSCX Function Audio Ringing Codec Filter (SMD) Audio Ringing Codec Filter ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for Terminals (SDM) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for Terminals (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for Terminals Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (SMD) ISDN Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-lnterface Terminals (SMD) Subscriber Access Controller for UPN-Interface Terminals (SMD) ISDN Data Access Controller (SMD) Joint Audio Decoder/Encoder (SMD) Segmentation and Reassembly Element (SMD) Interworking Element (SMD) Unshielded Twisted Pair Transceiver (SMD) SDH/SONET Transceiver (SMD) ATM-Switching Matrix ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set ATM-Switching Preprocessor Chip Set High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (SMD) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (SMD) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (SMD) Enhanced Serial Communication Controller (SMD) Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Systems (SMD) Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Systems (SMD) Advanced DMA Controller for 16-Bit Microcomputer Systems (SMD) High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) High-Level Serial Communication Controller Extended (SMD) Page 71 71 62 62 62 64 64 66 73 76 180 179 181 182 183 184 184 162 162 162 163 163 165 165 169 169 169 162 162 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 213 Microelectronics Training Center Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 215 Schule fur Mikroelektronik Microelectronics Training Center Hit the Road to Success! SS 1996 Program of the Microelectronics Training Center What is offered: e.g. 130 courses from April through to the end of September 1996 on current topics from the field of microelectronics. Practical orientation, the very latest aids, course material devised to modern pedagogic guidelines and intensive support from specialist lectures guarentee learning with success. Program highlights: * * * * * * * * 8-bit MC family 8051/C500 16-bit MC family C166 Fuzzy logic ISDN, telecom 80x86/Pentium computer family VHDL hardware description language BLS Board Level Simulation Software: C, C++ languages RMOS, Windows, UNIX operating systems - Windows programming Personal computers Networks, fiber optics EMC Power semiconductors Semiconductor technology Gehen Sie auf Erfolgskurs! Programm SS 1996 der Schule fur Mikroelektronik Das Angebot: ca. 130 Kurse von April bis Ende September 1996 zu aktuellen Themen der Mikroelektronik. Praxisorientierte Ausrichtung, modernste Ausstattung, padagogisch aufbereitetes Kursmaterial und die intensive Betreuung durch Fachdozenten garantieren den Lernerfolg. Highlights aus dem Kursprogramm: * * * * * * * * 8-bit MC-Familie 8051/C500 16-bit MC-Familie C166 Fuzzy-Logic ISDN, Telecom Rechnerfamilie 80x86/Pentium Hardwarebeschreibungssprache VHDL BLS Board Level Simulation Software: Sprachen C, C++ Betriebssysteme RMOS, Windows, UNIX - Windows Programmierung Personalcomputer Netze, LWL EMV Leistungshalbleiter Halbleitertechnologie * * * * * * * * * * Auf Wunsch mageschneiderte" Kurse in deutscher und englischer Sprache in Ihrer Firma! Programmubersicht erhalten Sie kostenlos bei: MicroConsult GmbH Schule fur Mikroelektronik Rosenheimer Str. 143 b Frau Kandlbinder D-81671 Munchen Tel. (089) 4506 17-0 Fax (089) 4506 17-17 Leistungsbeweis '95: 2.400 Kurs-Teilnehmer! On request "tailored" courses on your premises! Call or write for a free syllabus: MicroConsult GmbH Schule fur Mikroelektronik Rosenheimer Str. 143 b Frau Kandlbinder D-81671 Munchen Tel. (089) 4506 17-0 Fax (089) 4506 17-17 Popularity curve: 2.400 course participants in 1995! Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 217 Literaturhinweise Information on Literature Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 219 |
Price & Availability of PEB2054-N
 |
|
|
|
|
All Rights Reserved © IC-ON-LINE 2003 - 2022 |
| [Add Bookmark] [Contact Us] [Link exchange] [Privacy policy] |
|
Mirror Sites : [www.datasheet.hk]
[www.maxim4u.com] [www.ic-on-line.cn]
[www.ic-on-line.com] [www.ic-on-line.net]
[www.alldatasheet.com.cn]
[www.gdcy.com]
[www.gdcy.net] |